Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 271

"i

'as

is tbe

minD,

(s tbe

so

torm"

CHEIRO'S
OF

LANGUAGE

THE
;,

COMPLETE
AND

ON

WORK

PRACTICAL

SCIENCES

THE

CONTAINING

CHEIROMANCY.
AND

HAND

THE

EXPERIENCE

OF

CHEIROGNOMY
RULES.

SYSTEM,

OF

^^?^f

CHEIRO
and
niustrations,
Hfty-Jive
Full-page

over

Two Hundred

of Lines,
Engravings

Mounts, and Marks

DRAWINGS

THE

OF

REPRODUCTIONS

OF

FAMOUS
TAKEN

SEVEN

HANDS,

ALSO

THEO

BY

TYPES

NORMAL

AND

DORE

ABNORMAL

HANDS

LIFE. INCLUDING

FROM

Mark
Sarah Bernhardt.
Nordica. Col. R. G. Ingersoll
Twain. Madame
Leslie,Mr. W. T. Stead, The Right Honorable Joseph Chamberlain.

The hands of Madame


Mrs, Frank

M.P.!

Chamberlain,Esq..M.P., Mrs. Annie Besant. Sir Frederick Leighton,P.R.A


John Lubbock.M.P.. F.R.S.. The Countess of Aberdeen. Sir Edwin Arnold,The Lord
Chief Justice
of England.The Swami
Vivekananda, Rev. C. H. Parkhurst,D.D.. Lady
of the House
Lindsay.Sir Arthur Sullivan,Lady Henry Somerset. A Prominent Member
of Commons,
Madame
Melba. Lord Charles Beresford. Mr. William Whiteley,Gen.
Austen

Sir

Sir Redvers Buller,


V.C. K.CB.,

Rev.

Minot

the Wonderful

ContainingIllustrationsof
"THOUGHT

PHOTOGRAPHY

Apparatus

AND

V
I

Esq.'
Higinbotham'

ScientificInvention

for

REGISTER

PUBLISHERS
Oxfnr^rc:r''.^T^"'^
i.
3 Oxford Street.Lc.idon,W.
w

H. N.

EDITION

FIFTEENTH
the

j.Savage,and

OF

CEREBRAL

FORCE"

^^^^^ McNallv
Chicago and

"

Co.,
New

York.

Revised

and

1897,

Copyright,
By

Leich

de

LIBRARY

THE
''

aV*

BRIGHAfvi

"

'

:.'G

UraiVERSlTY

PROVO,
1

UTAH

Hamong.

1900,

Copyright,

Rand,

By

Edition,

Enlarged

McJNally

"

Co.

DEDICATION.

What

do

bring

Kind

Life,

'tis

but

little

thing,

flower

in

loved

youth
;

flower

wayside

the

thrown.

upon

Yet

the

of

lips

truth

have

known,

one

And

is

itself

truth.
a

Cheiro.

PEEFACE.

is to

believe

To

constitutes

either

perceive
classes

two

the

thought

such

distinct

which

become

of

will
the

of

In

collect
forward
all that

life's

the

the
to

has

its

which,

though

but

both

into

endless

yc

being

existence

chain

fact

that

from

characteristics

by

facts,

that,

demonstrate
the

system

affects

the

classed

be

can

of

are

the

and

in

considered

be

by
of

many

trivialities,
nothing

ability
suit-

dealing
and

peraments.
tem-

endeavored

have

out

that

theory,

heads

surroundings,

servants

more

produces

various

the

have

assured

palmistic

the

structure"

following

any

whole

the

to

that

scientific, which

In

for

not

acceptance

resting

derived

mankind,

people

under

Cheiromancy

them.

such

from

of

hands

study
them

of

occupations,

and

write,

considered

to

medical
as

equal

examined

specialization

Defense

is

themselves,

for

"

atom

common

both

vould

whether

study

accompanying

affects

power.

hand.

this

once

ask

may

control

the

conscious
be

universal

remind

would

though

known,

"

of

atom

"

"progressive

which

many

the

to

and

study

deeply

that

good

nature

though

ultimate

the

if, therefore,

this

the

endeavored

this

by

truth,

public,
of

in

attention,

infinite

prove

shape,

those

their

the

constitute

existence

investigate

they

study

with

tion
distinc-

forced

are

make

therefore

immensity

world

the

have

which

its

for

truths

that

from

other

they

which

conscious

exemplified

of

sources

than

thought,

all, believing

concealed

trivial

too

believer,

to, each

before

also
I

for
laws

is

work

am

study.
but

importance

greatest

or

peculiarly

trifle

some

of

cross-links

following

natural

are

the

class,

those

the

and

responsibility,

through

of

the

placing

my

the

This

soul.

truth.

to

In

balance

the

or

and

incomprehensible

the

links

the

become

and

of

establish

to

necessary

be

yet

may

on,

senses

skeptic

"

dependent

the

by

"

be

can

of
the

the
ideas

to

brought

system,
of

many

so

Preface.

vi

famous

men

led

will be
to

time

body

that

the

of

shaping

In

whose
order

hands
the

object

lives
to

of

and
show

first

place, their

as

test

; and

in

such

ters
mat-

alone

of

philosophers

the

subject worthy

owners

in

be

study

those

the

the

than

not

investigations

hand

that

laws

the

the

the

lines

student

will

the

derive

formations

and

in

be

of such

make

to

that

the
of

also

between

the
with

keeping

hands"

greater benefit
each

so

with

and

readings

exhibit

done

of those

exists

not

delineation

I have

hands

that

It would

in

effect

part acquainted,

most

known

well

too

the

of

effect.

people,

difference

the

give

to

were

hereafter

study

to

temperaments.

if I

of famous

is for

from

dictates

observe

we

the

feeling

the

to

contrary

of

student

hand

that, viewing palmistry

cause

glance

second,
the

who

their
the

entire

scientists

and

with

without

seen

hands

the

he

at

are

the

far

natural

the

enabling

reader

book

think

those

brain

the
so

go

that

the

over

objects, which, by demonstrating

of different

himself

for

out

the

of this

purpose

with

characteristics

people

weak-minded,"

its influence

find

to

thus

it becomes

this work

of

both

now

cannot

It will

and

between

nerves

the brain

with

brain

surprising

in themselves

are

presenting

of the

system

inanimate

cause,

the

with

the

thought.

even

heretofore

the

considered

and

confined
"

to call

among

brain
statement

been

not

pleased

have

present,

not

in accordance

but

reason,

in

of

standpoint alone,

this

learning, both

more

are

portion

of

influence

there

decide

to

even

has

of

action

mysterious

other

any

been

whatever

attention.

that

proved

hand

often

the

for

the

greatest skeptic

so

men

of

the

even

way

between

authority

my

study of the

has

he

considered, it is

are

first

the

scientists

and

the

When

as

of those

the

and

of their

that

see

given

in this

contrary, that

the

on

Greece

in

to

the attention

but,

that

nerve-connection

the

case

every

I trust

adopted.

have

of

subject

in

I have

hand,

the

the

on

In
of

the

value

by

ing
trac-

well-known

characteristic.
In the

following chapters

before
have

proved

"whatever
first

and

"

see

it

the
to

success

most

intelligence
be

true, and

I may

have

important

acknowledged

as

"

have

of

the

those

endeavored

from

achieved.

being,

it deserves

the

reader
whose

I have

that
to

rules

the

and

done

so

theories
I have

foundation

I believe in

be;

place clearly

to

for

two

cheiromancy

second

is,that

reasons

and
the

and

didly
can-

that
built

I
up

wish
time

the
to

is

Preface.
distant

far

not

labor, I must

fields

of

more

competent

of

in the

that
both

the

methods

take

and

has

giving offense

by

this

been

more

to

of

independence
should

of

responsibility
of

court

their

head

my

study
In

conclusion, I

thanks

my

the

attention

scene

these

what

this

results

be

others
an

done

found

the

obtained

I trust

"

and

the

by

other

ment
encourage-

has

study

will

from

as

reasons,

this book

the

community
I

pages.
of

been

speech.

can

opinions
rules

and

my

to

of

that,

say

of

centers

in

and

country,

used

be

and

raise"

not

take

the

that

if, in

the

condemned,

it be

not

I take

this

much-maligned

round

the

world,

of

ing
express-

opportunity
I have

which

on

disgrace.

tour

present

my

the

on

to

of

remarks

willing to

am

accusers

should

of

right

my

If,therefore, my

my

civilization

I have

courtesy

to

intention

the

expression, religious

any

people, I

or

condemnation,
effort

by

have, however,

I ask

but

than

thoughts

my

expressions

my

their

wish

and

leave

from

statements;

those

and

the

to

as

freedom

civilized

to

the

sect, community,

any

ever

to visit every

hope

for

they

it has

of

and

hurl

of

back

in these

such

demands

show

removed

conscience,

alone

which

to

and

work.

thought

give offense

of health

It is for

to

public

section

any

otherwise, contained

or

the

at

the

from

place.

my

Appendix

set forth

retire

follow, and

may

press

Nothing

considerations

perforce

to

"

who

those

to

do,

from

when,

vii

already

visited

received.
Cheiko.

EDITION.

SECOND
The
of

first edition

been

five

of

is in

months,

four

itself

thousand
a

copies having

gratifying proof

of

exhausted

been

the

in the
which

with

favor

short

space

book

the

has

received.
In

it and

revising

more

valuable

those

of

The

Right

the

to

Frederick

Esq.,
hand

of Austin

of

P.,

Joseph

of the

student, by
Sir

Leighton,

M.

Hon.

position
aspects

Sir

producing

and

the

adding
John

Chamberlain,

as

endeavored

world-known

more

Lubbock,

has

not

some

have

Sir

to

it still

hands, including

Arnold,

Edwin

make

berlain,
Cham-

Austin

of Aberdeen.

Countess

Chamberlain

lines,indicative

edition, I

second

been

placed

striking example

only

of

character,

that

of

his

heredity

in

the

to

next

of
but

of

similarity

in

father,
shape
the

the
and

general

career.

Cheiro.

EDITION.

SPECIAL

and

important
the

in

student

pursuit

the

hand

The

fn

the

"

Sir John

Sir Frederick

"

The

Swam

"

The

Rev.

C.

additions

such

by
The

hand

I trust
but

of

also

been

the

this

Lady
A.

*^

Madame

less

destiny of

right does

not

Gen.

Redvers

*'*

Rev.

MiNOT

Beresfoed,

Charles

N.

Whiteley,
Buller,
J.

Savage.

Higinbotham,
the
the

instrumental

clear

Somerset,

William

make

in

mankind.

it still

Melba,

"

in

make

to

B.,

Lord

out

come

J.

Mr.

value

endeavored

Sullivan,

"

to

I have

Henry

*'"

way

D.D.,

Parkhurst,

H.

Lindsay,

*'

historical
or

more

and

in

Vivfkananda,

as

''

H.

Esq., M.P.,

Leighton,

Sir Arthur

"

it

Aberdeen,

of

Edition

of Lady

"

to

First

the

Arnold,

Sir Edwin

"

last

of

Lubbock,

"

the

to

several

instructive

publication

by adding

CouNTEvSS

The

of

the

Chamberlain,

of Austen

"

publishing

valuable

more

book

the

added

helplul and

Since

study.

of this

increased

I have

Fourth,

I considered

that

interesting hands

further

I have

Edition

and

Edition, also in the Third

Second

the

In

In

book

Esq.

only of

not

collection

of

influencing
cases

enough

in

where
the

use

whose

hands

both

the

impression

the

hands
for

student,
have

owners

thought

the
left

to

are

of

the

given,

age
the

reproduction.
CHEIRO.

ALL

ADDRESS

For
see

Part

account

IN

COMMUNICATIONS

ot

the

apparatus

IV.
"

for

"Thought

CARE

OF

THE

Photography

PUBLISHERS

and

Register

of

Cerebral

ForceJ"

CONTENTS.
PAOll

Preface
A

Defense

1
,

PART

I."

CHEIROGNOMY.

CHAPTER

I.

II.
III.

Of

Shapes

the

Elementary,

The

Square

IV.

The

Spatulate

V.

The

Philosophic

VI.

The

Conic

The

Psychic

The

Mixed

The

Thumb

VII.
VIII.

IX.

X.

The

Joints

XI.

The

Fingers

The

Palm,

XIII.

The

Nails

Fingers

and

25

Type

27

Subdivisions

28

Lowest

or

Hand

and

The

Square

Hand

with

Short

Square

Fingers.

The

Square

Hand

with

Long

Square

Fingers.

The

Square

Hand

with

Knotty

The

Square

Hand

with

Spatulate

The

Square

Hand

with

Conic

The

Square

Hand

with

Psychic

The

Square

Hand

with

Mixed

its

Fingers.
Fingers.

Fingers.
Fingers.

Fingers.

Hand

32

Hand

34

Hand

37

Hand

40

Hand

43
45

The

Supple-

The

Firm-jointed

The

Second

of

jointed

Thumb.
Thumb.

Phalange.

Fingers

the

51
53

The

XII.

Hands

of

The

and

Length

Large

of

and

the

in

Fingers

Small

Relation

to

One

Another.

56

Hands

58

Long

Nails

in

Relation

to

Health.

Short

Nails

in

Relation

to

Health.

as

shown

Disposition

by

the

Nails.

Contents.

CHAPTER

PAGE

XIVo

The

Hair

XVo

The

Mounts,

XVI.

The

on

Hands

Hajstds."

the

Suggestive

Position

their

I. A
The

Few

The

Mount

of Venus.

The

Mount

of

The

Mount

of Saturn.

The

Mount

of the

The

Mount

of

The

Mount

of Mars.

The

Mount

of Luna.

The

Leaning

HI.
IV.

The

Right

V.

The

Line

VI.

The

Line

VII.

The

Line

VIII.

IX.

The

Relation

Insanity

toward

Jlounts

of the

One

Another.

66

The

Elementary

Square Hand,

The

Philosophic.

Hand.

The

Conic.

The

Spatulate.

The

Psychic.

Nations

the

and

II."

Reference

in

by it.

represented

CHEIROMANCY.
Reading

the

to

Hand

the

op

69

Hand

the

to

72

Lines

the

74
,

Left

and

Line

Sun.

Mercury.

The

of

Jupiter.

Nations

Remarks

In

63
,

of

Lines

61

Meanings

their

and

PART

II.

Theory

Hands

77

of

Life

79

of

Mars

86

of

Head

87

of

as

Head

in

Relation

to

the

Seven

91

Types

The

Line

of Head

in Relation

to

the

Square

The

Line

of Head

in Relation

to

the

Spatulate

The

Line

of Head

in Relation

to

the

Philosophic

The

Line

of Head

in Relation

to the

The

Line

of Head

in Relation

to

shown

by

Murderovis

the

Line

of

Hand.
Hand.

Hand.

Conic

the

Hand.

Psychic

Hand.

95

Head
shown

Propensities as

by

the

Line

of Head.

The

Line

of

Heart

XL

The

Line

of

Fate

X.

98
102

Xll.

The

Line

of

Sun

XIII.

The

Line

of

Health,

XIV.

The

Via

XV.

The

Girdle

XVI.

The

Line

Lasciva
of

of

106

and

Venus,

Marriage

or

the

the

109

Hepatica

the

Line
Ring

of
of

Intuition

Saturn,

Ill
and

the

Three

Bracelets

112
114

Contents.

xi

CHAPTER

PAGK

XVII.. Children
The

XVIII.

119

Star

121
The

Star

The

Star

on

the

Mount

of

on

the

Mount

of Saturn.

Jupiter.

The

Star

on

the

Mount

of the

The

Star

on

the

Mount

of

The

Star

on

the

Mount

of Mars.

The

Star

on

the

Mount

of Luna.

The

Star

on

the

Mount

of Venus.

The

Star

on

the

Fingers.

Sun.

Mercury.

XIX.

The

Cross

125

XX.

The

Square

127

XXI.

The

Island,

XXII.

The

Grille,

Hands

XXIII.

Circle,

the

covered

The

Skin.

The

Color

XXVI.

the

of the

and

I. A

Lpper

Angle.
Angle.

The

Lower

Propensities

IV.

Various

Modus

139
142

144

Hands

of

that

show

Suicidal

147

Tendency

149

Murder

for
of

152

Insanity
and

The

Development

The

Natural

Religious Madness.
of the

Crank.

Madman.

155

Operandi

Photography

Illustrations
Appendix

TYPES.

ILLUSTRAIIVE

III."

PART
Thought

136

Seven

Melancholy

V.

op

131
134

Palm

Suicide

on

Phases

Solomon...

Accidents

and

of

Peculiarities

III.

of

Angle.
Quadrangle.

System

Words

Few

the

Ring

Quadrangle

the

Middle

PART

11. The

of

the

Palm.

The

Travel, Voyages,
Time"

Mystique,"

Color

the

The

The

XXV.

129
Croix

Hands.

The

Triangle

Great

''La

Lines"

with

Smooth

XXIV.

Spot

the

Triangle,

the

and

Fajmous

Register

of

IV.
158

Force

Cerebral

163-198

Hands

"

"

"

"

OF

LIST

ILLUSTRATIONS.

PLATE

FACING

The

Elementary

The

Square,

III.

The

Spatulate,

IV.

The

Knotty,

The

Conic,

VI.

The

Psychic,

VII.

The

Mixed

I.
II.

V.

VIII.
IX.

X.

XI.

Hand

27

Useful

or

Hand
Hand

Philosophic

or

34

Hand

37

Idealistic

or

32

Hand

Artistic

or

28

Active

or

Hand

40

Hand

43

Thumbs
The

PAGE

45
Joints

Fingers

the

op

The

Pointed.

The

Philosophic.

51

58

Nails

Figs.

and

Figs.

and

Figs.
Figs.

2,

Throat

5,

Bronchial

Affections.
Affections.
of

4, 6,

and

7, DeUcacy

8, 9,

and

10, Consumptive

Lungs.
Tendencies.

59

Nails
,

XII.

The

Mounts

XIII.

The

Map

XIV.

Signs

Showing

Tendency

toward

Heart-disease.

Showing

Tendency

toward

Paralysis.

of

of

found

"

72

Hand

the

in

63

Hand

the

the

74

Hand
Lines.

Fig.

1.

Forked

Fig.

2.

Sister

Lines.
on

Fig.

3.

Spots

Fig.

4.

Islands.

Lines.

Lines.

Fig.

5.

Tasseled

Fig.

6.

Ascending

Fig.

7.

Wavy

and

Descending

Lines.

Fig.

8.

Capillaried

Fig.

9.

Broken

Fig.

10.

Chained

Fig.

11.

The

Lines.

Lines.
Lines.

Square

on

Line.

Branches.

List

xiv

of Illustrations.
FACING

PLATE

Signs

XV.

in

found

PAGE

76

Hand

the

Fig.

1. The

Star.

Fig.

2.

Island.

Fig.

3. The

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5. The

Triangle.

Fig.

6. The

Grille.

Fig.

7. The

Square.

Fig.

8. The

Circle.

Fig.

9. The

Tripod

The

Spot.
Cross.

The

Spear-head.

and

XVI.

Modifications

of

Principal

Lines

XVII.

Modifications

of

Principal

Lines

79

Lines

98

87
".

XVill.

Modifications

of

Principal

XIX.

Modifications

of

Principal

Lines

106

XX.

Modifications

of

Principal

Lines

112

XXi.

Modifications

of

Principal

Lines

121

XXII.

Modifications

of

Principal

Lines

129

Time

XXIII.

the

"

System

142

Seven

of

PAGE

XXIV.

Murderer's

XXV.

Suicide's

XXVI.

Baby's

XXVII.

The

Hand

Hand

159

Hand

161

Hand
of

163
Madame

Sarah

XXVIII.

The

Hand

of

Mark

XXIX.

The

Hand

of

Madame

XXX.

The

Hand

of

John

XXXI.

The

Hand

oj

Colonel

XXXII.

The

Hand

of

Mrs.

XXXIII.

The

Hand

of

W.

XXXIV.

The

Hand

of

the

of

Austen

of

Mrs.

165

Bernhardt

Twain

167

Nordica
Theo

169

Dore
Robert

Bentley

171

Ingersoll

173

Leslie

Frank

175
,

XXXV.

The

Hand

XXXVI,

The

Hand

T.

Stead

Right

Chamberlain,

Chamberlain,

Esq.,

M.

XXXVII.

The

Hand

of

the

Lord

The

Hand

of

the

Countess

The

Hand

of

Sir

John

The

Hand

of

Sir

Edwen

XLI.

The

Hand

of

Sir

Frederick

XLII.

The

Hand

of

the

XLIII.

The

Hand

op

E.

XLIV.

The

Hand

of

the

of

England

Lubbock,

M.

P., F.

R.

Leighton,

P. R.

Vivekananda

C.

H.

185

189
191

Arnold

Parkhurst,

193
195

Curtiss, Esq
Rev.

179

187

Aberdeen

of

Swami

183

Chief-Justice

XL.

M.

181

Besant

Annie

M.

Joseph

Hon.

XXXVIII.
XXXIX.

177

197

D.

199

List

Illustrations.

of

xv

PLATE

PAGE

The

XLV.

XL

of

Lady

Lindsay.

The

Hand

of

Sir

The

Hand

of

Lady

The

Hand

of

The

Hand

of

Madame

L.

The

Hand

of

Lord

LI.

The

VI.

XLVII.

XL

Hand

VIII.

XLIX.

LII.

Hand

The

Hand

LIII.

The

Hand

LTV.

The

of

House

the

Commons

of

Melba

Charles

Sir

J.

207

209

211

Beresford

213

Whiteley

"William

Minot

of

205

Member

Prominent

Gen.

203

Somerset

Henry

Mr.

of

op

201

Sullivan

Arthur

Eedvers

Buller,

V.C,

K.C.B

215

Savage

217
,

Hand

H.

of

N.

Higinbotham,

219

Esq
"

LV.

The

Hand

of

Kight

Hon.

W.

E.

Uladstone

231

upon,

with

curiosity if
and

sense

merely ask

I will

rests

patience.

of the

student,

what

the

do

of

nations,

and

individuality

as

history

written.

people whose
revived.

world,

they

find

that

to

of

temples

cave

time

far

so

of such
our

"

manhood
In
the

this
we

no

Aryan

night
faded

known,

of

we

which

we

shrine

gaze

we

show

into

us

the

are

helps

to

at

of

origin

of

; but

not

light;

the

knowledge

and

of

and

more

the

known
under

people

time

of

known

as

the
and

monuments

so,

the
of

they

infantile

into

we

of

the

ingness
noth-

child;

mammoth
weeds

are

our

no

the
from

or

upon

the

to

remotest

Beyond
extant,

now

stars

into

but
to

borders
the

the

back

own.

infancy;

are
on

the

even

remote

unknown,

in

its

of

literature

standing

carried

are

that

us

There

are

nation
exami-

eternity of time.

tells

venture.

bones

full

Hindus,

of

the

is dwarfed

still more

of

the

more

the

empires,
as

disposal, that in the

palmistry,

even

dare

East,

to

to

first records

history

cycle

our

Histoiy

darkness

occasionally draw
they

the

go

of the

it had

and

swaddling-clothes

arms

that

not

c(^nsideration

fall of

the

the

fragments of this literature

as

conclude

to

the

it had

the

testimony of archaeologists,all point

the

age.

civilization

antiquity

moons

the

trace

; but

therefore

must

the

prehistoric

go

in

the

belong

cannot

history

but

are

infant
to

to

scant

era

of

days

we

to the

day being

every

greatest knowledge

our

and

of the

cannot

we

that

matters

of

of the

the

beyond

endeavoring

confines

period

India, according

age

that

history

facts

thoughts back

our

ago

of

far-distant

that

to

Beyond

years

linguistic records

back

date

mentative
argu-

the

it matters

characteristic

as

of

are

earliest

the

tion
posi-

the

satisfactory to

survived

children

wisdom

first

the

civilization.

Aryan

and
to

has

to-day

those

to

take

must

thousands

I allude

common

the

and

who, from

furthermore

that

are

when

were

back

consideration, and

who

by

assume

study,

will be

defense,

themselves.

history, and
one

the

those

science,we

all,yet

and

philosophy

Looking
we

of

dynasties,

were

of this

to

Thus, discarding
of

result

of

for

study

world's

oldest

the

sense

this

province

my

history

that

of this

pages

curiosity tempered

partisan.

the

common

origin

of the

days

people

the

the

the

be

of the

present

examine

may

consider

earliest

the

with

hope,

the

follow

to

therefore

that

not

logic,and

motive,
/To

it rests, feeling assured

which

reason,

shall

and

standpoint,
upon

readers

my

they wish, but,


It

Defense.

guide,
of

the

of,

vastness

fragments
sands

of

of

time;

'

tell

they

of

us

days before

islands,of civilization
regards

As

hand,

the

the

find

we

Rome

before

astronomical

to

that

before

centuries

an

used

in

advance

learning.

It

has

and
their

sign

2140

least
to

in the

another

to

years,

observed

be

and

for

speaks

study

under

into

other

lands

Vedas

authorities

some

of

learning.
When

should

for

inclined

such

of
and

of
the

impossible

was

its

these

tells that

and

followed

It may

be

points

by

the

least

for

world.

Joshi

caste

the

at

the

came

the

even

it with
we

of

at

this

of India

teachings

and

Greek

schools

be

of

we

race,
more

In

present.

study

The

according

such

the

the
hand

to

our

tance,
assis-

palmistry

was

tised
prac-

comes

immemorial

time

origin of

respect, and
are

that

the

palmistry.

found,

History again

from

one

observations

Hindu

of

offspring

province

northwest

of

of

find

for

changes

trace

we

been

than

justice

therefore
the

have

treat

sessed
pos-

from

occupied

such

knowledge

the foundation

at

we

in

in the

spread

is the

been

celebrated

such

make

to

of the

palmistiy

claims

ancient

most

the

it has

estimate.

even

people that

spread

have

the

equinoxes

change

must

necessary

such

to

been

alone

reason

of

From

had

so

make

to

sun

to

scriptures that

that

Long

temples, the

cave

knowledge

elapsed before

With

have

they

examine

to

examination
one

oldest

consider

we

centuries

the

trace

we

the

are

to

is

do

of the

course

consideration.

beyond.

afterward

ol

monuments

precession of the

such

that

yet it is

still

of the ancient

some

demonstrated

which

power

itself ; and

the

Hindu

noticed

intellectual

The

In

the

nations

it is

knowledge.

of, the

and

all those

many

verdant

practised this study

heard

silentlytell that
of

of

race,

figures in their temples represent,

era.

been

how

our

antiquity.

and

even

understood

zodiacal

and

was

the

Hindus

mystic figures of the Sphinx

of

ocean

learning beyond,

Christian

the

before

races

proofs of their learning and

that

the

first understood

of

age

of

in the

Israel

or

calculations

estimated

been

people who

Greece

point back

India

forever

undisputed

or

days,

our

sunk

Defense.

to

the

present

day.

extremely ancient
allowed
of the

to

use

greatest

here, in

interesting to describe

and

and

curious

examine

treasures

book

during

of the

few

on

my

the

as

few

markings

sojourn in India.

Brahmans

who

words
of

possible,an

as

hands,
This

that

book

possessed and

was

was

one

understood

it,and
to the

of ancient

ruins

that mark

It

letters

the

red

some

compound, probably
varnish

by

; but

the

time, as

covers

regards the antiquityof


earliest

the

in

language

Hindustani;
art,nor

money,

Just

countries.
it is

and

propagated,so

has

its

trace

path

so

civilization

Greek

The

study.
and

of

cheiromancy
favor

in

the
of

423

country

book

on

Alexander

that

we

from

the

sight of
find that

Greek

We

has

clear

in many

world,

and

cheir,the
names

find that

the Great, as

written
"

in

wide

across

here

hand
are

systems.

as

the

most

it has

ages
the

been

days

of the

form

of

the

he sent
of

found
mament
fir-

practisedit in

as
an

est
high-

in the

of honor
and

the

palmistry,or^

and
flourished,

attention

cient
an-

It is difficult

altar dedicated

which
gold letters,

study worthy

The

that

was

Anaxagoras taught
an

the earth,

considered

stars

of

in which

lucid

and

grew,

"

few

race

Hindus.

it

to

practisedin other
of the

been

ways

parently
ap-

that neither

past.

it is to

present

was

As

such treasures

the

far-distant
but

It

that very

many

were

the

Egypt;

Hispanus discovered,on

cheiromancy

and

into

In

decay.

the Brahmans

and

among

country.

the

whose

are

pledges of

divided

found

to

in the

those

There

defy

to

part belonged

far back

so

By

it were,

seemed
and

first

itself to the conditions

owe

civilization

knowledge.

We

B.C.

"

this

written

glazed,as

question.

the

palmistry spread

those

intellectual

most

where

-remarkable.

wear

no

spread far

race

practisedin China, Tibet,Persia,and


Grecian

be

dated

such,

release

ever

are

could

jealouslyguarded by

palmistry been

from

dreds
hun-

effect of those

been, it

signs of

the

and

The

was

have

decipher it.

or

religionsuits

as

and

that it was

most

was

divisions:

or

country,

ideas

records,however,
to

sections

it was

page

may

there

of this strange

doctrines

the

showed

this book

are

herbs, each

alone

will

power

the wisdom

As
so

all

but

of

compound

of the

with

yellow skin

this

could read

the Brahmans

even

belong

contained

how, when,

spoilor fade.

failed to

made

in three

written

of

records

of dull

pages

whatever

outer

size,and

enormous

in connection

had

age

vivid

on

that

temples

cave

correct.

liquidwhich

red

some

of

was

strangest features

of the

One

proved

was

old

skin,pieced and put togetherin

of human

with
illustrations,

of well-drawn

in

made

was

ingenious manner.

the most

of those

one

Hindustan.

strange book

This

or

in

jealouslyguarded

was

Defense.

to
a

Hermes,

present

elevated

to

and

inquiring: mind."

We

Defense.

fiiid it also

sanctioned

by

Aristotle,Pliny, Paracelsus, Cardamis, Albeitus


and

Now,
has

long

the

whether

these

and

the

of

those

its

age

famous

this
And

if

we

Greek

line

mark

of the

that
of

power

to

seem

of

men

gustus,
Au-

is

we

are

has

been

in

those

that

in

as

right

will

than

are

admit, and

ideas

and

authority

their

on

attention

learning

reasonable, should

of

worthy

are

their

their

for

men

has

extraordinary depth

deeply occupied

so

these

to

all that

in

other

reject their

we

knowledge

sorcery

and
and

devoted

marks;

line of

hand

It

day

Such

may

find

intolerant,one

history of

proceed

from

its

heathens,

was

not

The

the

the

chosen

the

devil

oracle

to

the

period

to

domain

the

jealous

were

have

been

the

trial.

conjured

It

out
With-

history

knowledge,

up

was

as

denounced
the

father

the

itself

of Grod.

that

remark

dents
stu-

every

constitutes

church

life,

with

Palmistry, therefore,the

given
was

but

not

may

of

mentality;

on,

down

us

opposition

teachings.
even

so

there

these

felt outside

or

that

help

cannot

enabled

early Fathers

the

temporal,

spiritualand

the

we

be

to

that

is said

head, the

line

on

; and

brings

beginning

science.

present

witchcraft.

This

hand

head, meaning

life,longevity

possesses.
was

of

natural

the

subject
of

line

the

as

line

the

to

recognized

also

etc.,so
the

for

be

to

came

ears,

eyes,

position

church

the

there

nose,

; the

religion is

dominant

pagans

rank

do,

which

be

lightlyconsider

that

than

follows

to

present

were

then

we

study

these

the

in the

even

wishing

that

as

destruction, its steam-engines,

works, thoughts,

mankind

of this old-world

in all matters, both

f any

likely

the

like

age

their

natural

heart, affection

power

; but

case

of

of

jurisdiction of religion.

and

tt therefore

man,

of

we

as

and
to

names

mount

the

when

study most, is,that

implements

study

the

for

time

The

of

or

this

more

an

of

study

recognized

give

to

Emperor

enlightened

more

far

siiould

name

face

the

on

on.

so

the

in the

as

be

to

came

learning

in this ?

knowledge

position

the

point, however,

was

are

that

aside

the

Magnus,

The

philosophers

back,

go

matters, why, in

Now,

if

learning, and

again,

and

its

for

throw

were

concerns

Again,

subject,and

dispute.

mankind

deepest respect, why

of the

people

conclusions

admitted, that those


and

of

study

commerce.

thought

of

which

their

an

ancient

one

this

of

men

of note.

question

greatest

like

study

and

others

been

admitted,
days

many

such

unless
child
as

of aU

the result

palmists, and
such

the

During

study;
"

and

Tlie

in the

present

of the

ashes
once

that

proof

as

it were,

one

It may

be

well
for

Satan

majesty

here

to advance

has
any

interpretation of
London

an

America, during

my

object of persuading
One

devil.

went

clerkship

at

"

with

the

Let

followed
like
rolled
immense

noted

me

small

that

me

far

as

year

(1894),in

what

speed.

coal, which

The

of

course

these

saw

"

had

few

the

island

people

were

man

to

the

that

tried
of

in
the

jewel,

"

and

stition,
super-

truth

which

the

church.

and

be

to

to

alone
had

to

the

only give
at

with

been

not

give absolution

to

orders.

to
my

up

when

one

churches

In

with

the
of the

agency

him

sent

prominent

most

I had

who

accordance

clergymen,

two

wondered

words

offer

me

relations
bers
remem-

in America,

years

ago

with

shaped

mounted
the

in

be

Alas

person

against his

by

God

it.

every

wrong.

me

due

of

attack

to

not

if I would

fieryanimal
a

of

attacks

church

may

right

that

of the

one

1475,
is at

rescue

bigotry

being behind

was

"

is not

used
I

of

visited

me

the

the

consulted
was

tell

has

thing

light

priest refused

success

all this

clergyman

end

salary, of

long description of

one

Catholic

my

to

of

idea

first year,

real

that

from

thought that

in

cient
an-

proof is being added

of

depths

of

right

they had

But

tell you

burning
from

so

One.

in this

very

"

Evil

that
a

before

this

worship.

reputation

or

side

every

palmistry

church's

family because

the

century

the

to

come

accumulations
its

and

the

science

into

keeping

nineteenth

delusion, but

the

defend

still the

month

one

entire

know

to

the

not

in

persecution which

almost

w^ithin

moment

On

by

contains

delight to

examine

us

covered

which

followers

nature's

in

and

the

present has

of the

study is

ancient

dimmed

yet

the

this

fall

revive

to

useful

were

it is in
fire of

the

past.

made

were

attempts

; but

out

from

the

and

Figuris," published 1490, which

cum

science

superstition of

to

dares

dying

The

acknowledge

to

Ciromanta," published

Kunst

These

Phoenix

attempts

"Die

Museum.

from

outlawed

become

to

several

Aristotelis

British

it rises

so-called

his

instance,

destroy it.

to

Let

for

study

more

vain

ages

Cyromantia

terrified

women,

gipsies.

middle

as,

and

meu

palmistry

vagrants, tramps, and

of

hands

that

was

allowed

parentage,

Defense.

other,

upon
and

like

eyes."

own

my
a

horse, that glowed

it without
from

terrified;they thought

Then

arms.

side to

side

it

the

was

It

with

devil.

Defense.

they implored

and

all
I

but

the world

over

of the

the

I make
York

New

chapters

becomes

thus

free

to

in

times

portion

of

"Schools

the

Hebrews,

who

language

the

what

be

can

of the

Jews

by Adam

from

Jews

Joshua
instead
that

were

that
there.

the

famous
land

of

awful

saw

results

to

Seth, and

of the

counsels

Jews

in

were

their

mystery

According

to Moses

to

of

on

and

and

were

in

to

still

the

than

be

cling

authorities, the

at

wondered
to

the

nations

the
when

at

teachings

description

of

the

Adam,
It

way.

Joshua,

by

Biblical
the

that

cabala

to

to

utilized

time

often

Again,

ancient

Moses

and

strongest

mysterious

some

Examining

Egypt

the

by God

sometimes

was

all

prophets
in

Sinai, from

Mount

Among

separate

the

find

indications

people.

communicated

was

Talmud.

it cannot

they would
many

the

bondage

magic,

it

every

We

they practised.

magic,

by the latter

Seventy Elders,

the

chosen

Jews

the

Among

almost

and

purpose,

had

fourteen

encouraged.

prophets

allied to

tradition
lost

In

was

have

man

Over

words.

corruptions that

more

or

say

Egyptians, Chaldeans,
the

Judas

opportunities

fulfilled"?

the

virgin

Poor

that Judas

other

some

be

such

to

the

In

when

whom

priesthood, denouncing

the

and

According

not

sermon.

from

of fate.

betray.

fate, from

leading

entire

time

would

high repute by God's

to

book

It is useless

for

the

Bible, and

certain

of

is

spirit of prophecy

Hindus,

mystical,

is the

mysterious

these

the

in

abominations

for

child

from

reported

Judas

established

opposition

to

earth

all who

to

verbatim

Bible

ordained

priesthood.

again by God

renewed

find

the

the

to

the

spirit of prophecy,

the

which

his fate would

find

held

from

given

wonders

visit with

words

Scriptures might

we

we

among

more

the

Prophets"

as

direct

are

above

of nations.

shirked

were

class

in

acted

was

the

encouraged

distinct

destiny

had

Bible

divinations

that

eled
trav-

of the

warning

to

its foundation

God

victim,

Gospels do

the

of

the

little later when

place "that

the

army,

I have
...

and

was

who

March, 1894,

that

selected

; if he

his

take

It

of Revelation

find

we

and

agent

of

end

arise to alter the

would

his

consistent;

the

to

conceive,

would

3d

is not

first of Genesis

I refused.

greatest sights
before.

I quote

of the

paper

opening

and

them, but

earth."

church

The

the

seen

comment.

no

for

like that

Satan

represented

sinners

and

anything

saw

never

it,and

intercede

to

me

learned
ment
state-

Egyptians

after

leaving

imbibed

while

Hebrews

de-

spoiling tlie Egyptians


their

rites

with

tinged
and

else

while

Egypt

Job.

In

from

that

the

very

them

we

that

in

Thomassin,

English

at

its

at

was

that

which

to

and

these

when

height,

and

opposition
the

to

century,

palmistry,
the

caused

Among

that

the
their

lines

of

works."

Valesius, Schultens,
remarkable

more

in

lived

of

of

know

might

know

might

of

sorcery,

wording

when

antagonistic

more

translation

cause

verse

meaning

commentators.

Franciscus

The

Jews

of it runs,

men

aspect

men

have

not

all

sixteenth

this is all the

views.

probably

all

the

by

translation

that

of the

were

and

could

their

the

is very

view

this

men

that

the

There

diiferent

very

cheiromantic

the

Debrio,

propagate

time

of

support

thing
every-

important

most

One

theologians

God,

men,

middle

the

of

aronse

thirty-seventh chapter

have

of

learned

the

of the

to

hands

among

markings

palmistry

mentioned.

are

arts

but

hand;

seventh

the

advocated

many

"the

are

remembers

age

in

about

verse,

the

English version.

the

by

prophec}"

witchcraft, and

hands

among

it appears

seals

or

that

this is the

great discussions

Lyrannus,

it

This

those

in

it

to

founded, is

are

of

study

sorcery,

in which

study of the

of

find

it encourages

; that

as

therefore

church, it is interesting to notice

the

affirm

We

church

in the

the

of God.

Bible

original Hebrew

find

Among

who

support

given

hand

of

in the

this

placed signs

some

denounced

are

teachings

phrases

its time

them

from

taking

modern

the

things

three

opposition

was

in

their works."

one

the

to

the

and

of

to

common

"the

of

robbing them

magical worship."

creeds

which

church,

of

is used

God

fate

authorities

in

that

the

mysticism

important
many

the

and

departure,

language

their

of

which

contrary

view

many

"

the

of the

the wrath

are

ceremonials

it teaches

that

In

and

Bible, upon

the

that

their

of

eve

signifiesin cabalistic

ornaments,

external

the

on

Defense.

the

Bible

and

witchcraft

of

this

verse

into

as

stands.

now

other

Among
mentioned
"

"

bear

relation

to

this

point might be

of

days

is in her

right hand, riches

and

honor

are

in her

left."

iii.16.)

What

"And
But

to

seem

Length

(Prov.

that

verses

evil is in
receive

of all the

mine

his mark
many

hand

in his

allusions

"

(1 Sam.

forehead,
to the

xxvi.
or

18.)

in his

subject, the

hand."
verse

(Rev. xiv, 9.)


in Job

is

certainly

10

knowledge

particular things, but

on

It

thought.

therefore

whereas

anatomy,

the

infringe

not

won't

very

grave

populace

treat

who

the

acquaintances

has

to

of

mysteries perfectly

when

subject

are

idea

they should

that

having

all his

do

to

study

read
himself
the

such

asked

Dr.

what

has
the

the
to

to

never

connection

the

treatment

as

half

am

the

had

time,

that

they

are

respect the

not

telepathy,

as

"

that
with

Newton,

in

day

every

too

and

the

the

and

He

hot

tell the
so

often

turns

even

the

or

He

has

knows

of

really
be

to

not

even

confined

children, or
there

that

during fever,

inclination

has

illnesses

future

out

He

hand.

the

accurately

so

humbug,

subject.

age.

life

can

all

be

opportunity,

of

dry

analyze

past
you

So-and-so

brain

fancies

which

qualificationbut

my

it must

fever, pneumonia,

and

much

nature,

Almost

believe

specialists on
of

fads

the

of

to

says

the

how

matters

moved."

events

! Dr.

believe

inclined

Alas

medical

hands,

occurs

; he

the

hand

and

his

hundreds

are

said that

who

tells

not

man,

I do

other

any

Voltaire

his

think."

; but

judges of such

was

me

thore

to

man

men

without

conversation

told

medicine

cian,
physisubject,

does

up

strange

and

away

sumption
con-

ordinary

such

to

So-and-so

of

power

educated

how

know

between

of

the

on,
It

So-and-so

works

things

so

in

goes

mysteries of life

appointed

name.

hypochondriacal

about

the

study

to

that

because

ordinary medical,

the

to

of

body

and

will

leads

the

perhaps,

sees,

Dr.

even

the

beyond

be

have

that

who

man

regard

following

lines

know

not

to

not

Well, sir,you

I have

but

the

these

from

unknown

as

to their

science, did

"

that

clairvoyance, and
M.D.

work,

my

considers

in

man

patient

idea, because

the

all this

which

; the

doctor

t alents

his

in

way

physician,

the

1 he

Now

on.

five minutes'

devoted

laws

respect doctors

mesmerism,
of

be

invisible

to

his

to

life,and

of

little about

medicine

of

devotes
so

man.

goes

never

one

it not

may

medical

pooh-pooh

it.

so

and

line

n""rrower

kno^v^

may

of

physician who
patients ;

nothing

to

ailments

thing impossible,

in

more

fever

; he

hypnotism

such

Now,

next

common

latter ; the

ordinary

probably

pronounces

physician

know

may

the

treat

the

to

men

point, namely, the unreasonable

in

experiment

the

upon

cures

to

surgeon
treat

it confines

that

happens

specialistwon't

nerve

Defense.

and

are

that

is

all.
In

reference

to

this I quote

few

remarks

from

the

address

of

the

pres-

of

ident

said

he

which
"

New

the

How

while

Not

with

for

medical

it for

study

that, in
of

the

In

words
and

once

the

nails

is

London

without

doubt
"

indeed

and

the

Paris.

work

on

come

to

if

prejudices ;
palmistry
the

and

conclusion

the

study worthy

hand,

calling forth

old-time

reliable

some

the

by

and

their

same

idea; to-day they

branch

embraces

It is the

manner

only forget

was

the

cried

note

attention

inquiring mind."
this

to

the

publish

belonging

paper

for

prescribing

of

denied.

pooh-poohed

would

Hispanus, it

of

profession

same

marvelous

take

to

eases
dis-

most

observe

to

courage

physician

every

it

in both

could

they

"

of

relation

Student, a

in

men

persuaded

themselves

elevated

an

medical

profession

only be

could

they

from

of

cause

opportunity

the

To-day

have

indicated

the

seductive

existence

they

years

are

greatest attention
If the

whose

had

almost

ago

study of the shape of

the

present

laws

very

diseases

that

years

natural

"

impossible.

was

the

cheiromancy:

admit
at

hypnotism
studies

it,and

the

medicines

twenty

have

many

sternly combating

than

more

that

Society, at its meeting, June, 1893, in

miytliingof the

How

of unnecessary

variety

out

physicians know

by hearsay

except

Medical

11

many

themselves
a

Jersey State

Defense.

to

the

which

letter

following

in

appeared
Scotland,

University of Edinburgh,

the

dated

29, 1890.

January

CHEIROMANCY.
Sir

Some

the

suddenly
I went
I knew

to

five

the

hands,

as

that

he

was

that

life-line

the

saw

stubborn

[A
certain

aware

that

if

things, even
few

suggestions

physiological

1. The

hand

is

broken

in

they
on

and

do

the

2. Tendencies, such
\y

as

rest

possible

psychical

high stage

lines

to

of

on

Would

known

the

anger,

and

the

large
in

then

carried

in

development

eloquence,

and

quackery
of

patient'shand.

patient, I

the

usually

you

processes

any

at

far gone

relation

processes

look

replaced by

is considered
not

to

cross.

died
offer

in
a

few

cells of the
;

the
few

gray

but, after

to

man

patient,
I

days.

matter

all,facts

are

basis.

markings

affection,are

reached

suggestions

on

the

of the

palm

brain.]

peculiar

of

names

it had

questioned

He
to

me

humbug

scientific

linear

the

I examined

fate-line,before

in the

on

than

misfortune.

meant

allow

his hand,

examined

more

phthisis.

and

Royal Infirmary, when

in the
on

fact, I hardly knew

hands,

old, and

years

wards

the lines

lines

both

and

forbids.

space

palmistry

pausing
in those

breaks

of these

of the

one

examine

still less ; in

length, stopped

possible relation

well

am

without

twenty-three

multiply instances,but
the

and

I would

believed

palmistry, and

of its natural

found

to

and

that

me

bed,

nearest

walking through

was

to

principal lines,and

quarter

could

ago

occurred

the

little of

the

and

years

idea

as

shown

reasonable

by

being.

movements.

hand

to

12

3. These

movements

Creases

4.

5. There
a
or

what

and

of

main

will be

line
8. The

caused

Unavoidable

it may

merely
the

on

you

the

found

linea.

or

tendencies.

to

so

by experience

it,interferes

in
to

live.

creases

or

tendency

motions, and

so

bear

to

mental

bent,

the

its

resultant

it to that

resembling

crease

with

uniformity,

lines,contain chieflymotor

in vibrations

determining

and

tendencies,

part

the

longevity

junction

its

by

cross

combined

or

of

with

the

be.

may

reasoning

obviously applies

Certain

affected

but

avoidable

to

hand

activity of the

by

of

creases

reasonably expect

train

in

different
the

to

events, and

accidents

that

"

shapes.

in the

see

According

what

you

hand

right

to

make
the

vibrate

is,accidents

excited

processes

that

being

transmitted

cheiromants,

yourself

resultant

the

acquired

of

in

as

fears,

vague

these

cells

adjoin them,

We

but

marked

and

left hand

acquire.

or

incredible

are,

hence,

vibrations

The

vibrations

these

them,

matter

gray

to

in reasonmg

engaged

right hand,

conical

made

reasoning.

of

cells

vibrations

constitutionally;

of cells in the

tracts

by coming

actual

no

protoplasmic

cause

are,

creases

and

capacity, longevity, and

break

or

of the

causing

case

accidents.

perception,
awaken

cannot

small

movements,

hand,

every

transmitting

filaments

there

the

of

probably

seem,

intuitive

to

carelessness.

by

9.

train

same

on

branch

finer

and

other

affected,and
as

lines

or

affection,mental

uniformity

the

constitutional

branch,

or

relation

fate."

coarser

also

and

of

and

produce large

so

definite

longevity line,a

with

regulating
probably

acquired

line that

"

the

interferes

7. Nerves

fibers; but

fine, and

creases

tendencies

call

line crossing

therefore

effect

the

to

cheiromants

G. A

and

coarse

well-marked

four

are

relation

definite

are

tines, therefore, bear

and

Defense.

is what
fore,
there-

may,

constitutional

and

tendencies.

regards futurity, I

As

higher

functions

condition

of

of these

the

think

it not

will

cells,enables

that

demonstrate

futurity,but

of

perception

Charcot's

tliat Professor

impossible

system

nervous

of

tracts

no

researches

cells,or
it.

of

memory

Speranus.

(Signed)
It

will

thus

convince

to

and

if

the

even

little,
why

In

medical
This

shape,
the

great

requires
"

that

skeptical

most

not

it

deal, if

work, hcematoma
consists

either

by

that

in

Sciences, proving
proper

proved,

study
accurate

of

the

of

but

sufficient

little

is

there

which

of

is found

in Paris

the

prediction

anything impossible

in

tests

ears

study

of
in

something
of

amount

Now
be

made

prediction being

has

the

of

study

the

subject

the

lines

be

devoted

be

"

by
far

assuming

or

the

by

been

more

peculiar

thickening of

before

study

who

closely studied, with

more

predicted

nized.
recog-

lunatics,generally those

argument

my

long time

ear

tumor,
of

for

been

given

were

could

alone.
can

blood

in the

madness
ear

ear

lately it has

August, 1893,
that

the

portion

upper

formation

but

madness;

result

in

the

portion,

upper

inherit

tliat

seen

it?

to

the

be

the

on

pathological

the

years

is,that
of

the

accurately

Aeademie
in

advance

if,as

ear,
made

des

has

by
been

is there

then

by

study

of tliehand, which

has been

wonderful

the most

with

connection

and
more

time

Many

kept many

point let

mechanism,

the most

intimate

has told

from

man

that

me

that it

admittingthe

in which

manner

medical

read

but the old-

was

thing.

I draw

men

to

ease,
dis-

has

the way

his client.

palmisttreats

he

same

comparison between

of nails

the nails alone

paralysis,
consumption,heart

acknowledge,and
a

way

possiblefrom

doctor

also draw

me

of the unfair

account

as

doctor

this

parison
com-

rule treat

palmist.
first

In the

place,the

scientific instruments
how

; but

the

he dared

patientand the

on

that it is

well-known

than

prejudiceswhich

treats his

and

nerves

that the different formations

now

subjectwill suffer from

on.

this

admit

men

diseases,and

the hand

from

At

the

the

so

be,both in

to

in the entire system, and to have

organ

indicate different

predictthat

pronounced

13

the brain ?

all medical

Almost

Defense.

doctor

with

the

doctor

recognizedscience

modern

most

tell the

can

many

patientfirst tells

the

has

improvements

patientwhat

all about

to go

he is

himself

and

to

by

; he has

assist his

searches
re-

suffering
from,unless
; and

his symptoms

diagnosis? Many of
that during the great epidemic of La Grippe in
my readers will remember
to the experiences
London, 1890,letters appeared in the leadingpapers relating
of a man
who
"of the most
visited seven
noted physiciansof the

even

day

then,how

often

these

; that

sufferingfrom
for him

without
his

after

seven,

arrive at

correct

thoroughly examining him, each said

different disease, and

all

he

was

different drugs
prescribedentirely

to take.

Now,
out

the doctor

can

in the

case

of

the client,
without
palmist,

tellinghis occupation,or whether


hands, and the palmisthas

married

to tell him

givinghis or her name,


or
single,simply holds

present
past events in his life,

surroundings,health,past and present; and having,by accuracy only,gained


materials that
his confidence,
he proceedsto read the future from the same
he has told the past. Now, if the palmist,without
one
particleof the help
that the

doctor

that

however,the
the

he

gets,should make
is

doctor

patienthas been

charlatan, and
makes
"

one

palmistry a

blunder,it is never

called away

siders
immediately condelusion and a snare.
If,

mistake,the

by Providence

client

known, but
to another

the result is that

sphere."

14

I leave

readers

my
the

Among

draw

to

and

hands
of

have

be

individuality,but
with

accordance
with

even

the

generations,
whatever

the

will

lines

and

that

of

position

the

who

the

another

the

markings

will

But

also

again,

bear

of

hand

in
in

shown,

that

families

for

temperament
found

one

very

will

case

noted

that

in the

their

different

from

the

also

in

watches

resemble

may

the

of

be

resemblance,

that, if

hand

the

in

it will be

little

very

child

one

the

show

two

no

different

in

run

lines,

the

been

also

theory, be found

markings
on

has

It

peculiarity will

this

Again,

the

popular fallacy that

very

opposite, however, is the


marked

layer

(Plate XXVI.).
of

skin, and

shown

at any

The
of

men

from

be

father,

found

to

that

the

particular parent

superiority of
hand

entire
and

Sir Charles

all the

is

man

is the

hand
have

owing

In

Bell

Bell

writes

in 1874

man,

that

it

"

We

such

ought

corresponding,in its

lines

with

if the

hand

of

multitude

deeply

are

hand

coarse

is softened,

marks

attention.

plays

one

Anaxagoras
In

active

all call attention


:

the
; but

our

body.

the

day,

own

Sir Charles

worthy

the

the

direct

The

will

be

grave.

his hands."

to

of organs,
our

them

work.

by

infant

covers

entire

to the

agreed
of

of the

exposes

is well

members

organ

system."

exclusively to
of his mindy

the

made

are

contrary,

the

means,

cradle

in all ages

learning
of

the

of

lines

birth

the

on

instead

other

or

superiority of

parts

The

time

Work,

the

the

At

case.

hides

so

by poulticing

the

will

parents, and

the

with

birth.

and

if the

imjDortant difference

is.

of

particularly noticeable

race

the

the

resembles.
It is

"

of

of

are

children

those

use

natures

certain

we

place, the markings

temperaments.

some

accordance

mother,

correspond with
child

hand

them

gave

is

different

characteristic

lines,to

first

succeeding

each

the

of

the

some

hand

the

that

lives,they will,in
those

of

peculiar

markings

least

at

the

find

ir"en

cheiromantic

of

This

widely

different

the

In

alike.

found

lines

; the

twins

their

been

ever

given by scientific

favor

forth.

so

conclusions.

own

ideas

in

greatest possible arguments

formations, mounts,

their

and

testimony

Defense.

Aristotle's

agent
men

as

of the

define

and
sensibility

of the

passive

importance
the

said

writings

hand

"

The

find

we

powers

Owen,
of the
as

and

tant
impor-

most

has

Sir Richard

to the
to

Scientists

phrey,
Humhand.

belonging

motion, to the endowment

of

A
Sir Eichard
"

1849, says

In

; each

another

It has
as

Owen,

hand

its gestures

speaking

of

assist the

speaker, but

the

and

language

single bone

of

is

Limbs," published

distinguishable from

recognized that the hand

positions
of

Nature

in

one

peculiar character."

own

and

i^

The

on

every

known

been

"

in his work

digithas its

long

by

much

the

Defense.

as

lipscan
"

hands,

these,I may

the

says

For

almost

express

by speech.

the other

for

speak

say,

can

Quintihan,

pai-ts of the body

themselves; they ask, they

promise, they invoke, they dismiss,they threaten,they entreat, they deprecate,


they
they

We

the

to

for the

the

but that

tve

of the

Wherever

ndges
inner
skm
the

fingers a

the

of

the

nerves

These

cuticle.

ciently exposed

to

and

have
thuj

As regards the nerves, medical


more
more

aerves

nerves

than
from

ise, that

the

"

any
the

than

any

other

other/portion
brain

to

hand, whether

for

the

the

to

hand

sense

portion

are

passive

or

in

discover
to

minute

see

we

they

are

the

of
for

the

at

touch.

the

them

to

of

the

Thus

nerves.

time

same

the

spiral

processes

of the sentient

through

sufii-

the

of touch."

of the

hand.
so

of

important part

an

that the hand

science has demonstrated

of the

tips

adapting them

impressions communicated
give rise

provisions

their extremities

soft,pulpy

to

extremities

adequately protected,while

are

elastic cuticle

He the

which

veyed
con-

corresponding depressions on

ridges have

they again give lodgment

in
papillae,

the

to

inspection we

nearer

exquisite,there

most

the

of

pulse with the tongue,

feel the

cannot

particularprovision

feeling is

impression is

that forms
is

Bell.

part of the organ

give support

cushion

of

sense

elasticityadapt it admirably

and

far

fingersbest exhibit

This

we

fingers. On

more

of

sense

surface,and
called

fact that

ivitlithe

can

the external

nails

Its fulness

remarkable

which

shield-like.

and

apparatus.

It is

touch.

is

so

the

and

is Sir Charles

the hand

on

penitence,

our

time."

skin, the nerves,

the elastic cushion

to sustain

broad

exterior

The

sense.

and

cuticle

of the

extremities

this

in order

made

are

pomts

of

The

assents,

our

number

have

can

through

medium
The

nerve.

says

mark
the

to

we
"

skin, he

exercise

and
fingers,

they

the

it is the

that

attention

our

highest authority

of

Speaking

give

now

The

touch

doubts,

moderation, profusion, they

will

touch.

fear, joy, grief,our

express

show

system,

It has

also

and

the

been

palm

shown

tains
con-

contains
that the

highly developed by generations of

active,is in

every

sense

the

immediate

16
of the brain.

servant

A very
is in

apparent singlenerve

Defense.

medical work
interesting

two
reality

the action of the brain to the part,and

conveys

in

cords

nerve

"

states

that every

sheath ; the

one

other conveys

the

one

the action

of the part to the brain."


In connection

Hand

this,it

in the hand.

found

are

with

He

important meaning.
substances

"

found

were

disappearedcompletelyat the wrist


the

that

these

the

and

Anatomy

corpusclesin

demonstrated

tipsof

"

his

that these

in the

consider

important to

Meissner,in

(Leipzig,
1853),showed

"

is

Physiology of

the hand

; that these

have

of the

counted," says he,"in


of

hundred

the

full-grownman,

in
papillae

were
investigations

noises

or

different in every
in

Paris,who was
givinghim a greater
on

vibrations

of these
the state

We

will

now

concerned,may
of

men

and

afterward

human

being.

born

blind,but
of

in the
whom

attention to

our

be the most

from
nervous

the

to

the

mind

fluid,
by vibrations
by those who
Perhaps
says :

system and

of

have
there

of

states

has

"

been

sex, age, and

the

to illness and

far

exists

between

a
electricity
sympathy

or

perament,
tem-

death."

palmistryis

as

to the ideas

with the
"

^^^^

of

communication

of

nerves

perceptions

by motions of the
subtle essence
resembling

accounted

serious

the

to
by listening

or

find that this

devoted

strated
demon-

was

compensated by

in connection

The

to

experimented

man

had

that

found

essence

of the nerves,

or
electricity
galvanism." We

"

case

what, perhaps,as

.-

point Abercrombie

senses

It

importantpointof ail,
namely, as

learning as regardsa fluid or


this

four

these vibrations distinct

nature

hearing,it was

the brain.

On

also

And

detect

corpuscles"he could determine


of health,and even
their nearness

turn

about

by experiments as

up

during life.

forth

hearing could

acute

sense

and
eightcorpuscles,

followed

that they gave


crepitations

people with

line."

square

These

that
and

and

hundred

"

extinct.

finger
surface of the fore-

the firstphalange of the volar


one

the end of

forth certain

important nerve

have

very

hand, and

corpusclescontained

and during the life of the body gave


fiber,
which ceased the moment
life became
or
crepitations
vibrations,

the

molecular

"unyielding

the lines
fingers,

the

corpusclesthat

for

by a
theory has

been

very

culated
freelycir-

thought to ^.he subject. Miiller


the phenomena of the nervous
connection

at

present unknown^

.18

study of

careful

there
the

of the

lines

the

has

therefore, as
likewise

lines,but

the

on

of any

there

are

take

if

place, and
(as,

As

for

be

regards

considered

convince

every

face

hand

will

those

which

itself to be

the lines cannot


It is Balzac
of

and

expressive
We

will

carefully examine
In

the

lines

in

first

devoted
natural

the

place, we

their lives to

position
there

line

of

came

life,as

for
to

the

the

to

nose

thorough

those
the

regards physiognomy,

be

in its

accurate

"

our

upon

does

will

communication

Humaine

alone

to

thought
A

direct

Comedie

lips,upon

of the

advanced
in mind

bear
the

different

when

this

or

findings, but

moment.
"

We

eyes,

acquire

no

"

the

eyebrows,

our

dissemble

not

might

be.

future

revealed

as

such

for

that

is

feature

meaning

types of hands

as

in

there

the

natural

position for
such

study,

of

the

ent
differ-

so

back

hands
to

came

lips on

How

this

dates

the

face,

by

belief.

the

study lay
Now,

the

recognized
case

The

physiognomy
little

lines

ground.

and

of the

our

its cultivation.

be

hold

Again,
the

before.

as

purposes

his

reasons

with

the

which

necessary.

As

to

"

question

must

referred

ing
fold-

only the qualitiesactive,but

developed.

hand

no

in all ?

hand, by its

fold

hand."

the

conjunction

period already

hand

to

not

suit the

to

; the

the

turn

now

be

said, in

has

than

The

hands

not

not

means

the
where

phrenology

any

easily controlled

too

foreheads

our

will

does

If,

by work, they

fold

to

examination

by

both.

silence upon

imposing

upon

more

and

who

is not

brain, tells

altered

be

study

of

earlier.

found

paralysis)

observed,

by?

that

in

roundings
sur-

examination

an

noted

why

case,

continue

cheiromantic

combine

portion

allows

faculty

in

aid

of the

and

dormant,

question.

an

be

Is the

inquirer that such

the

of the

study
with

as

hands

are

Is

health, the

to go

It is true

hand

speciaUst (as

produced

marks

one

the

have

not

are

example,

it will therefore

the

in

so

hand

of lines
we

folding.

completely disappear, although the


folding argument,

work

lines and

the

"

future, from

palmistic theory

that

the
read

to

the

by

body

that

able

even

constant

true

diseases

many

be

the

of

idea

demonstrated, they

it is also

possibly

can

and

produced

not

are

been

the

present, and

produced by

not

are

attempt

past and

hand, independent

That

in

ridiculous

or

palmist is) should

true

member

important

most

absurd

anything

of the

the

Defense.

in
the

thing

was

of

that
who

men

recognized

be

the

to

study

line

of

of

head

the
or

originally dis-

is not

covered

will

point

proved, and

certain marks

that

be

can

casuallyexamine

even

to
illogical

assume,

years

in advance

may,

marriage will

the

reverse.

be,but

it is

regard to prosperityor
such

should

thing

That

following theory :

the

by each

beforetime

certain laws

that

that it is not

possiblefor

probable;
as

we,

that
of

part

us

laws

of

doctrine

is

which

find

will.

man

has

Man
to

age,

affect

free

that

will,I

the

Bible,we

in life

Free

find

things. Looking
stands

"

will

in

the

servant

behold
us

of the

in all the slow


to

the

with

to one's

is the

the

over

Nile,all

perfection. Let

steady stride
us

look back"

of

purpose

]
\

sight appear

littleor

so

In

do
amining
ex-

no

in its

control.

destiny and

of

there

free

tions
limita-

are

height, to

the

of evolution
lessons

the

over

God

one's

fate

of the

and

of

Man

comes
be-

Athens,
We

gone.

are

bearing us

in all

of nations

past.

Grecians

of the

pages

appearing

world, the

their purpose

the

theory

certain extent,

Looking

of Rome,

served

the

of

of the cylinder,ivhich very

The

have

action

another.

one's

background

rulers

of the

only interestingbut

the somber

destiny.
but

have

strength,to

the

vealed
re-

advance, and

as
limitations,

history of

why

affect us,

one

in

laws

dual

oscillation

destiny absolute,the

back

of

to

also in

more

the

at first

thus

we

that

answer

advance

universe

machinery of evolution.

grand relief upon

out

the Pharaohs

I also

preaches, to

w^hich

over

but

argue,

oscillation drives the eternal


01

produced by

entire

the hand

responsive

things

forth.

so

the

death

cognizant

more

strange combination, not

appears

all other

and

but

to

become

nature

become

man

and

to advance
jurisdiction

my

of

to be

observation,it

result,and

power

fate,in its predictionof things years

here, however,

instructive

my

ignorant of.

was

relation to the effect of circumstances


There

peculiarity

proved

of

that

or

and
whole, affectagain those laivs,

been

one

in its observation

to lead the isolated lives that

question we

this

the

the

as

does

this

laws

mysteries are

he

that

or

course

beyond

hidden

the

called

same

beyond

surelynot

century of time, so

things before

that

fact

It is

as

this

also accurate

point,with

that

who

person

predict illness,
health,madness,

can

or

any

tions
designa-

Therefore,if proved in

mean

the

reverse,

of such

by

line of life have

persistedin,be

at this

occur

himself.

the

on

the

that

if

for

the truth

be admitted

the line of head

on

length of life or

is not

that

proved, will

hands

mentally, and that certain marks


in relation to

19

province to determine, but

our

has been

Defense.

ing
higher,bear-

past

may

be

the

20

teachers

of the future.

beneath

the

Rama

of

dogma
in

rose

is forced

the

to

absolute

through the medium


niche

the

of

The

depended.

and

George Washington,
creed, from

class

the

to

person,

each
of

song

be

which

now

Is it hard

that

thus

to

To

foundation.

but

masses,

people
which
a

have

can

actual

no

of

I would
Moral

inquiry,

that

have

beliefs

of

to

the

facts

solid
in

it is

repetition of
to

the

and

words

form

of

such

established

order

natural

Dugald

in which

practical knowledge

been

which

in the

he

that

cause

it

or

seems

power

with

in

causes

of

our

the

All

On

it from

this question
"

Outlines

philosophical
in

conduct

of events

conjectures concerning the future from the observation

life,of

supporting

in his

less

variety

only take

"

we

so,

in

state

absurd

guides

of

If,therefore,

this

says

fection
per-

accepted by

Stewart

succession

will

minds.

very

the

in the

multitudinous

exists,if we

from

events

from

sphere, each

believed

beyond
so

suppose

all that
an

is

to

discords.

sight

intellectual

anything

logicalto

only

boy

creed

grand harmony

the

the

not

which

that

exist,is there

attention

that

have

we

the

harmonies

mysterious

remember

theories

of the

draw

things

one

Philosophy," published 1837,

presupposes
us

and

must

been

and

perfection

of

in

its

in

thousands

of

; from

within

If at first

lives?

our

consistent, we

fate,which

standpoint

perfection

law, some

unseen

easily believe

so

doctrine

the

of

be

religions, creeds, and

of

some

hundred

the

of

be

to

working

"

preacher,

discords,notes

millennium

the

the

star

man

had

again

tones, the semi-tones, and

controls

and

each

fate

smaller

to

significa
in-

that, standing

same

in the

so

by

name

man

the

the

President

and

man

such

upon

take

that

of

balance

about

which

upon

purpose,

all share

in

when

any

Jerusalem

to

called

not

was

Napoleon,

the

ultimate

the

form

believe

shapes

consider

must

shall

in

upon

fashioned

greater,

chords

are

the

in

we

in the

as

position,all

eternal, so

even

of

case

as

appearance

called

quarrel

not

lever

all fulfil their

gamin,

as

will

class, from

to

life,and

the

in

same

great

one-sided, the

was

the

was

thought lay dying

Christ

the

in

! he

Ah

we

"

or

be

hereditary laws, so

necessity, he

of

banker

fate

"

Egypt,

should

nature

"

bondage

anything

he

his shoulders

of

again history is repeated, again

"

there

that

freedom

behold
in

crisis

when

age

Moses

Was

nature

"

we

Luther,

again
God

restored.

church;

one

front.

responsibilityupon
was

an

the

to

monk,

destiny

behold

Hindustan,

things lead

million

We

Defense.

as

life,

enables

of the pasf^

Man

therefore

becomes

bringing into force, by


and, through
heretofore

of the

deeds
and

him,

past

to

stage in the world's

make

It will

'

fate

thus

it becomes

one,

salvation

brothers

being

of the
who

This
the

on

all,is

of

in

trial,resignation

one's

the

all the
no

in.
"

On
open

the

out

our

of

fathers,"
fate,

own

from

degree

women

would

teach

that

stage

realize

suit

all classes

would

redeem

where

the

the

of the

of

the

munity,
com-

see

but

humanity,

ultimate

advancement

to the

for

by its

they

children
to

responsialone

them

now

another,

life,and

dangerous

to be careful

not

we,

one

serve

becoming
to

views, that

of all

of

the

be

other
them

and
he

fection
per-

those

of

it

be

may

better

in

find

the

free

greatest
look

We

another, living on

one

even

reward

the

work,
has

true

in

their
of

no

in whatever

usually preached, and

as

in the

to

scale

smallest

the
of

we
life,

atom

lions
mil-

see

another, struggling

one

in

contentment
do

we

find

such

the

rest

with

scene,

which

weary.

fatalist will not

made

patience

call us."

to

religion

the

earnestly
been

is

There

freedom.

satisfaction

virtue

and

reduced

lower

done, which,

It teaches

success,

will

man

work

higher

more.

(or fate)
of

that

the

gives
no

"

for

them

it advances

work,

reward

hireling;

with

the

bears

out

pleased God

; not

hand,

from

men

hold

not

humanity.

beauty

i-etard

not

does

it has

of their

should

that the burden

and

humbleness
affliction,

We

?
of

fierceness
no

does

It

beings crushing

peace,

benefit

the

doctrine

result

after death

will

this

immensity
of

effect

sins of the

the

doctrine

unselfishness,

; would

wage

in life

Contrast

in

the

hereaftereffect. The

in every

others, and

men's

best, that others

doing

is the

its

by

fate

the

but

of

what

in

as

on

this

I hold

creed

Truth

of work.

position

"

self,
him-

upon

come.

doctrine

plane

after

to

of

destiny, he

react

is therefore

cause

so

men

sisters,should

race,

to

yet

are

This

broaden

and

of

feel for

to

men

see

that

therefore,work

we,

follow, and

It forces

them

would

would

As

of

servant

laws

present

present,

instead

reverse.

raise

personal claim,
they

that

self.

of

The

of the

to

the

progress.

teaches

would

dogma

those

seen

the

hilityof life: it
the

for

be

and

alone, certain

hereditary laws.

do

we

karma

the

so

maker

others.

upon

21

again, the present is the

are

effect of

in the

the

his existence

; and

cause

both

Defense.

and
for

close

patiently
him

to

his hands
and

teach

and

wait, he

well, remembering
him

to

make

lighter

22

Defense.

"

of

burdens

the

; that

is eternal

be

to

"

of

the

year

; he

no

of

part of

even

from

whence

clay
the

the

an

as

is which

for

qualify us

constitutes

life,"or

thought."

There

that

do

than

shapes
the words

operations
end

; the

the

throne

their

of Professor

inscrutable

an

if not

presumption,
of the

Voltaire

universe
said

has

and

Life

power

we

know

power

its

all that

the

of life,

them

those

control

be

stronger
forth

set

know

origin, we
who

cause
beanti-

or

our

can

of

process

discard

What

not

know

not

beyond

with

rests

the
its

not

place

upon

of themselves."

magnified image
a

power

does

know

its conditions

not

degradation,

is

will."

we

There

"

do

tve

to

cessful.
suc-

and

simple things

power

ticles
par-

study

or

that

but

as

spirit

this

agency

not

afford

some

how

Tyndall

the

"

them

in the

church

know

not

in the

cannot

their belief in
hew

that

I do

I do

well,

"

is his

the

because

"

end

greatest thinkers. Christian

The

cause.

ends, rough

it

is

preached by

as

of

; evil

of all is he

mystery,

in

wo

again

What

because

but

lives

the

success

live,because

to

at

despised by

mysteries, even

fathom,

cannot

acknowledged
our

of

of

been

remain

think,

to

hundreds

know

not

have
flhristian,
"

I refuse

are

finite mind

the
we

that

"

I refuse

say,

of fate

to him

failure

all do

spirit,then

in the

so

believe

to

be

of God."

forever

may

"

well

as

has

teachings

obstinately refusing

might

man

that

he

the

And

is all.

its purpose

naught

or

we

"

if there

doctrine

the

right

beyond,

things, and

creed

hands

life

no

'Tis

moment,

as

best,that

; but

all

to the

the

be

came

mind,

is the

enemy

marks

he

my

"

ranked

is,to

; this

hand

if there

spiritof

eternal

his

do

well

life,as

it still has

honor.

the

chain, which

life's

be,

may

with
of

success

his

he will

but

"

the

in

wrong

end, for

This
of

do

good

as

is

will

served

in

link

link

that

be

patience,to

is

he

that

small

how

creeds, 'tis naught

clash

necessary

with

feel

will

He

matter

no

borne

the

there

others.

that

acts

within

the

words

of

us

every

day

us

without

sulting
con-

us."

And

lastly,let

consideration
a

of

draw

me

what

takes

higher law than that of


We

have

have
how

seen

support
natural

now

seen

we

have

how

place

We

examined

to

around

"

show

us

Emerson
must

little
that

tvill regulateseventsP
this

study

hard-headed

even

its theories.
;

our

attention

have

has

survived

materialistic
viewed

it from

it from

from

science
a

natural

age

brings

to

forth

light,and

religiousstandpoint,

and

it is

We

age.
facts
we

find

to

it

religiousj;

find

we

that

good

responsibihty
of

self

it

that

opposition
We

use

gives

it

teach

must

it

of

because

lastly,

the

to

doubts

to

its

or

man

such

foundation,

they
may

know

be

secret

ihat

every
the

portion

of

of

power

as

the

the

that

they

do

not

in

taking

portion

unless

may

they

be

the

have

power

very

one

that

as

do

not

seen

that

marks

not

in

been

contain

may

constitutes

the

selves
them-

unless

do

they

still

facts,

atheism

have

they

and

Because

that

not

every

of

why?

law

must

support;

do

they

And

Unless

deny.

its

against

position

that

know

they

beings.

mankind,

that

know

such

possesses.

We

proofs,

of

reason,

it

power.

of

because

of

it, because
that

be

the

knowledge

the

Discard

truth

argument

intellectual

they

the

may

of

spite

in

and

of

it

Foster's

existence

and

sake

support

controls

universe,

whole

by
or

whose

one

knowledge

using

reasonable

law

its

done

of

doctrines

its

cautions,

be

to

the

who,

that

say,

is

in

only

not

its

for

must

person,

would

justice

that

woman

"

it

we

use,

in

then,

help

others,

to

it,

warnings,

What,

must

we

through

its

in

all.

to

No,

but

life,

of

done

be

can

23

Defense.

hand.

know

every

the

life,

of

acter

also

although

note, and

of

certain

certain

that

case

the

types

proceed

once

There

kinds

of

will

of

of
we

can

to

one

of

types

of

each

myself

varying

shape

make

which

in

up,

fore
there-

will

We

ous
vari-

their

with

is

which

another,

the

undoubtedly

hands

and

worthy

is also

determine.

to

temperament

hands,

that

and

than

work

different

the

overlooked.

it is

defect, yet

for

much

occupation
alter

hand

of the

The

subject.

cheirognomy

relation

types

character.
be

again

may

subdivided

types

seven

of

consider

varieties.

seven

The

various

suited

more

their

seven

are

any
are

to

in

modifications,

into

concert,

shape

characteristics

the

constitutional

province

immediate

more

at

by

to

very

one

leading
of

the

by

and

portion

exercise

the

almost

for

degree,

this

to

the

out

suitability

their

and

hands

point

to

relation

in

observed

have
of

endeavor

I will

Later,

shown

as

study,

the-

of

branch

fascinating

nations

of various

characteristics

The
is

the

church,

the

car,

salon.

the

or

raikoad

the

in

sitting

while

strangers

of the Hand.

Language

Cheird's

26

are

I.

The

elementary,

II.

The

square,

III.

The

spatulate,

IV.

The

philosophic,

y.

The

conic,

VI.

The

psychic,

VII.

The

mixed

the

or

useful

the

or

the

or

hand.

the

active

type.

hand.

knotty

artistic

type.
hand.

idealistic

the

or

type.

nervous

or

the

or

lowest

hand.
^^

The

civilized

Among
therefore

square

with

nations

square

; the

with

mixed

square

conic

with

with

the
the

blending

being

rarely

divided

into

fingers, short;

knotty
;

square,

the

by

elementary

square

fingers

fingers.

formed

are

with

commence

the

long

varieties

seven

the

fingers
square

the

with

the

square

found

seven

square
with

psychic

of

the

in its

heads,
with

types.

seven

purity,
for

as,

square

ple:
exam-

fingers,

spatulate fingers
fingers

; and

the

we

; the

square

Plate

I."

THE

ELEMENTARY

HAND.

CHAPTER

THE

This

hand

it is
short

fingers. Some

fingers

should

have
or

them

even

the

the

they

short.

he

states

the

whole

body,

dominates

the

in the

capacity,

and

have

They

beauty

thick, with
Such

"

certain

upper

people
The

Hands

part
in

it is in

the

low

of

to

violent

are

without

do

or

cunning,

The

them.
nail

fury
but

passions

the

aspirations ; they

cunning

Nations," Chapter XVI.)

of

but

not

coarse,
seen

the

brute.

form, color, and


is short

generally

courageous.

instinct,not

eat, drink,

portant
im-

little mental
of

spiritof destruction.
of

most
al-

palm

is the
and

hands

heavy, full,and

in the

but

such

human

lines to be

order

; love

of

passionate

and

to

thick

very

the

than

the

more

few

have

type

thumb

phalange

temper,

also very

more

their

over

the

size of

animals,

rule. "^This

nature

are

of the

as

find

to

nature

brute

among

gers
fin-

nearly

the

to

this

that

case

physiognomy

palm is always

the

leans

27

animal

There

possess

control

no

appeal

murder,

are

the

hand

clumsy.

they

or

not

people

commit

what

little

does

the

rare

intellectual

form,

people possessing such

The

palm.

does

more

and

palm

be

may

very

deduction, therefore, is that

elementary

short

the

on

palm

of

proved

proportion

more

work

of the

bones
The

hand, the

fingers

the

on

the

hand."

the

point
and

that

in

however,

it indicates

they
a

of the

intellectualitythe

been

not

it is

ance
appear-

fingers,and

examination

an

That

but

doubt;

Dr. Cairn's

In
"

short

length

show

to

has

palm.

When,

long,

are

the

no

length.

same

fingers

are

be

can

It

the

; but

palm

correct.

than

longer

there

the

it is not

that

In

mentality.

notice

to

state

the

than

longer

that

of

type

large, thick, heavy palm,

palmistry

on

be

found

long,
of

palm

when

show

been
as

books

always

will

statement

long,

with

clumsy,

TYPE.

lowest

the

to

LOWEST

It is always important
(Plate I.).'''

nails

and

and

OR

ELEMENTARY,

naturally belongs

coarse

IL

sleep,and

reason.

die.

and

square.
If

They

they
sess
pos-

These

(See

also

III.

CHAPTER

The

of

with

People

for

place

to

but

custom

prefer

They
they

material,

adaptable
but

of

will,

They

in
and

they

often

outdistance
love

but

promises,
Theiiand

are

the

greatest
disbelieve

in
fault
all

great

and

is

they

that
cannot

show,

in
inclined

understand.
28

principle,
to

'-'-

reason

they

ask
will

the

sincere

by

and
in

twelve-inch

in
not

the

go
are

tion,
imagina-

or

study.

they

not

They

character,

honest

and

for

ideas.

ana

are

slaves

and

strength

inspirational

home

They

work

they

practical

love

affection.

strong

and

their

are

originality
of

in

tenacious,

are

to

force

all

they

are

little

brilliant
and

in

religion

dogma

and

have

more

commerce;

they

In

and

to

have

they

opposition

art;

or

things.

sciences,

friendship,

in

manner,

only

not

order,

but

application,

in

place,

and

poetry

/jWitb

conformity

methodical

are

they

their

exact

law

in

discipline,

determined

over

to

demonstrative

not

stanch

have

its

is

type

life.

precise
from

perseverance,

practical

of

base

/^z

love

in

kept

and

great

walks

more

they

are

war,

versatile;

or

work

naturally

but

substance

prefer
people,

to

agriculture
home,

in

but

respect

enthusiastic

success

they

with

not

are

to

peace

endowed

win

they

extremes

not

instinct,

are

They

quarrelsome,

not

are

is

Such

and

punctual,

the

at

square

IL).

square,

nature,

everything

brains.

many

and

authority,

respect

and

their

to

reason

resigned;

to

in

they

habit.

They

of

grace

so

short

orderly,

are

innate

everything

household,

hand

in

found

wrist,

(Plate

square

generally

are

any

habit.

and

custom

such

from

however,

not,

well

as

is

it

because

the

at

square

themselves

fingers

useful,

palm

SUBDIVISIONS.

ITS

AND

the

means

the

nails

the

type

^:

the

called

this

and

fingers,

the

also

hand

square

HAND

SQUARE

THE

rivals.

They

courage
en-

duties

of
in

true

business.

rule,

Plate

)
"

II."

THE

SQUARE,

OR

USEFUL

HAND.

"

has

finest useful mechanism


the

and

though

Now-

the

gives more

first

place,the
of

power

how
the

without

student's

will understand
the

why

is

his

to

character.

If

hand

the

clearlywhy

idealism.

I have

of

the

imagines

that

or

the

people

and

the

with

the

often

once

inner

said

nature;

me

the

the

same

the

is

they

of

the

up

the

"

very

power

masterful

same

artistic

of the world

of

that

to

counterpoint
"

imagination and
people,and I
of

or-

discouraged.

He

ivy-clad towers

often

be it musical
life,

is

have

the

not
or

way

the

is,after

be

that

"

and

I have

abilityto bilng

in which

the

though

artistic nature

have

with
spirit,

artist to

called the

commonly

of life will show

artistic hands

not

of

artistic

an

be what

must

It is sufficient for the

approbation

and

anced
bal-

proceeds from

musical

artistic,
yet they may
have

also

gates
of

linked

we

also appliesto literarypeople,

observation

in the

man

the

moment,

wonderfully

be

which

hands

leads

hand

or

thus

must

palmistry is

woman

the smallest

the world

"

or

of the

that

conic do.
to

to

of

composer,

absolutelynecessary,
be

that

study build

student

purely conic

observed

and

of

man

appreciationof what

their ideas before


square

shape

artistic ; but

the

more

that the

because

that
literary,

conic

foundation

the

It is here

mance.

is

must

unknown, through
I find that

It

the conic

musical

instance,harmony

given great study

find this rule invariable.


from

as, for

"

student.

consider,for

we

dispositionwhich

the

be

inspiredin ideas,is certainlynot

how

matter

that

it should

of the

The

faculties.
inspirational

and

of the known

the world

who

hand

musical

will show

while
continuityof effort,

applicationand

and

the

more

that

that

logicalreason

inspirational,
imaginative nature

to reach

or

is

hand

square

side

more

the foundation

those

hand

square

say

little consideration

that there

to

strange

thoughtful,the solid,the methodical,and

the

the

the

FINGERS.

appear

may

head, yet

imaginative,no

quality of brain

"

this

the case, but

fingersgive the intuitive


matter

sight it

under

only is

not

In the first

the

kind, and

every

with

men

CONIC

WITH

HAND

SQUAKE

at

composition comes

so.

by

out

well,

as

are,

spatulatefingers.
THE

such

turned

been

of almost

work

mechanical

love

good engineers. They

and
articles,

household

things,instruments, and

useful

make

no

Language of the Hand.

Cheiro's

30

the

the
conir,

artist to

all,only

the

vt

riixed

hand,

'his own

igar hall-

}.'

The

mare

what

on

perhaps,

nature,
shine

to

and

will

knows
but

the

is

perfume

The

pointed
and

mean

artist

but

such

with

will

man

the

types
to

well,

have

makes

subservient

will

his

opposite

extreme

is

of

with

each

all

it

the

fuse
re-

square

mankind.

FINGERS.

to

people

causes

proach
ap-

with

long,

start

well,

and

Such

nature

an

caprice.

pictures,

plans.

makes

to

and

mood

every

but

combined

palm

square

other

diamond

might

contrary,

of

unfinished

It

two

hand

supple,

generally

will

will

he

discuss
of

the

hand

the

An

ness
busi-

blending

of

contradictory

too

of

second
indicates

from

the

subject
he

purpose,

It

will

with

in the
the

square,

the

rarely, if

he

be

ever,

rise

of

ideas

idea

any

the

to

but

from

great

shape,
thumb

times
some-

of

; the

first

and

the

; at

and

scientific

ease

to

joint

spatulate,

imaginative
greatest

in
the

than

men

among

that

middle

third

will

so

different

versatility

great

most

more

found

is often

much

very

and

finger being

every
all.

FINGERS.

MIXED

seen,

inspiration, again

descend
any

AND

often

back

bends

or

full of

be

ical ; he
will

consists

pointed,

Such

pointed.

is very

three, sometimes

or

is

HAND

SQUARE

that

type

women.

among

man

filled

the

of unfinished

studio

itself,then

On

formation

expects

own

your

the

succeed.

ever

This

is

have

office

THE

the

Such

for

fingers is rarely found,

psychic

long nails.

type

made

PSYCHIC

of

31

sufficient

that

advantage

AND

form

them

world

earth."

greatest

the

"

reply,

flower

the

purely
in

seen

and

fingers

the

the

the

HAND

with

it is often

If

Subdivisions.

its

Yes,"

for

scent

SQUARE

hand

square
to

to

to

THE

"

gold."

glitter.

to

its powers

exert

and

sufficient

not

gold

its

allow

to

type

he

Hand

Square

such

finger
fourth

times

such

extremely
most

log'

practical

want

height of

of

tinuity
con-

or

power

success.

I have

type, but
divided.

not

this

space

is

an

at

my

example

disposal
for

the

to

thus

student

give
of

how

the
the

subdivisions
seven

types

of

every

may

be

CHAPTER

THE

^^

The

resembles

the

instead

of

broad

When
hand

wrist
the

When

soft

irritable

spirit.

Such

long.
hand

spatulate
belongs

and

people,
large

hand,

with

characteristic
individuals
makes
the

thus

known

fairly
all

is

explorers
rules

become
in

strike

of

famous
life
out

its

these
for

of

it

but

almost

themselves,

no

It

and

is

invention.
hands

find
assert
32

to

seek

matter

right

to

stick

and

also

they
possess

it

is

striking

most

characterizes
this

in

the
such

to

rule,

that

the

the

that

independence.

The

also

but

cannot

As

spirit

themselves,
their

restless

confined

life.

them

No

the

and

doubtless

causes

mechanics

and

and

of

later, but

attribute

fingers.

independence

slopes

enthusiasm.

but

means

of

hand

and

discoverers,

walk

every

discoverers,

spatulate

by

est
great-

firm, indicates

starts,

energy,

the

itself.

denotes

action,

development.

their

it

the

little

of

palm

the

and

peculiar

is

of

purpose

and

well-developed

engineering

hard

explorers,

palm,

unusually

the

hand

the

place,

love

singular
a

fits

finger

the

contrary,

points

of

each

is either

wrist,

spatulate

case,

in

because

shape

two

energy

the

first

intense

long,

such

for

of

works

the

the

when

hand,

is often

in

the

and

the

of

also

the

on

these

tip of

III.).

the

when,

fingers,

navigators,

found

possessing

them

position
form

of

the

full

but

mechanics,

be

may

in

is at
;

the

type,

(Plate

fingers

discuss

person

great

and

engineers

great

is

the

to

Now,

has

of

spatulate

which

preceding

fingers

will

excitable,

flabby,

the

significance

the

place,

and

anything

It

the

and

restless

nature

the

but

mortars,

formation

of

We

in

the

of

base

the

at

consider

first

the

base

because

only

not

of

toward

HAND.

use

breadth

wrist.

the

first

must

In

to

found

is

toward

we

the

at

or

pointed

breadth

called

so

squareness

greater

becomes

back

the

SPATULATE

chemists

that

spatula

having

the

at

is

hand

spatulate

IV.

depart

to

that

spirit

from

and

unknown,
what

grade

always
a

in

marked

or

some

in-

Plate

III."

THE

SPATULATE.

OR

ACTIVE

HAND.

The

dividuality

of

brain

other

to

women

we

rut

made

and

women

they

is

true,

thought
This

consider

now

The
is the
for

their

for

the

But

if

he

has

for

action

the

inventive

some

days

in

the

make

he

domain

of

if

broad
If

life

he

of

often

are

life

their

to

and

follow

the

Such

men

They

thought.
in

wrong
of

heralds

the

rule,

the

way

some

new

fellow-men.

have

mentioned.

just

new

with

they

in

are

day.

necessary,

the

development
He

will

flowers

if

These

priest.
the

all

nearer

little
But

power

they

therefore

the

at

he

inventor,

an

and

railways,

ideas.

be

world

as

be

"

of

agents

only

men

not

them.

development

he

comes

for

hunt

earth

the

they

will

before

advance

divisions

two

angular

greater

the

give

two.

that

the
the

later,

the

ships,

reason

gospel

revolutionize
evolution

of

talent,

new

to

with

locomotives,

simple

are,

the

to

hand

practical

making

they

gone

of

at

their

not

get

we

army

they

because

the

time

whole

the

have

are

that

looking

suiting

resent

sake

the

We

will

meaning.

spatulate

more

years

down

us

that

their

but

also

of

way

to

hand

this

simply

hands

will,

from
but

sheep

before

work

that

is

them

such

for

means

any

original

an

inclines

cranks,

of

often

their

brings

call

to

spatulate

very

life

or

It

"

with

preacher

or

by

not

have

they

engineers,

centuries
the

about

set

and

the

precedent

independence

ideas.

pleased

by

of

33

doctor,

actress,

because

of

people's

are

singer,

rules

simply

sense

with

it

are,

all

discoverers

great

our

of

their

and

things,

break

but

eccentricity,

own.

will

development
of

their

Hand.

Spatidate

the

formation
the

be

of

wrist,

wonder

that

they

the

his

they

be
that

possess

their

have

are

the

fingers

his

talents
of

things

botanist,

people

all

use

created.

will

bent
if
the

he

be

has

demigod

God

they
purpose

life,
type.

square

flying-machines

invent
he

will

useful

more

at

of

base

took

six

would
in

the

V.

CHAPTER

The

is

easilyrecognized

concerned, it is

not

they play

with

than
other
like

of

types
to

attain

to

knowledge

of mankind

all

If

things.

paint, they
color

of

Theirs

is the

matter;

of

materialism

the

Oriental

mystics
found

They
in the

for

this

they

have

but

way

is of

knowledge

as

over

power

; if

of the
the

seen

thinkers, careful

over

the

among

and

character

more

the

the

domain

they

even

found

England,

of

34

/)

They

dreaded

the

; if

the

and

spirit.

borderland

grub-worm
largely
and

Yogis,

among
other

striking examples

Catholic

in

they

clash

of
the

of

and

are

Tennyson.

Church, rarely

Baptists, Presbyterians, and

and

in the

as

mystery

people

very

more

does

so

dramatic

Manning,
the

harp

all kinds

love

the

Brahmans,

still in
silent

are

the

Cardinal

Jesuits

rarely

little matters,

The

in the

is all.

power,

beyond

where
are

In

Newman,

that

people

discard

hands

numbers.

gives

of

thought,

Such

Cardinal

of

largely

In

of

follow.

in great

English Church,

Independents.

aesthetic ; theirs

peculiar

ambition

vaporish drapings

particularly in India.

them

hands

and

rarely, if

of

tone

through

the heads

poets, they

are

cloudland
not

nations,

possess

they

of wealth

but

much

as

go

Such

man.

over

form

responsive melody

kind,

will

they

and

chord

different

and

visionary similes

dare

also

its

people,

end;

give

the

theirs

in the
are

this

mystic

peace

of

with

hand

oped
bony fingers,devel-

rule, students,

gratified

they preach, they preach

are

life

other

as

of

gleans wisdom,

every

only theirs

from

privations

In

it

rived
being de-

"

shape

in the

know

are

coin.

humanity,

distinct

be

of

with

success

as

have;

to

are,

they

This

angular,
far

As

type
type

it,and

upon

clink

the

such

mankind

subjects. They study


of life ;

favorable'

People with

gold.

ever,

and

generally long

it is

philosophic

sophia, wisdom.

and

long nails (Plate IV.).

joints,and
is

jpMlos^love,

Greek

the

from

"

explains itself,the word

of this type

name

HAND.

PHILOSOPHIC

THE

use

secretive; they
of

little words

are

deep

they

are

The

with

proud

the

but

injury,

they

of

development

this the

is in

they

earliest childhood
and
differ

"

followed

trouble

been

and

devote

sometimes

whence

eight

their

they

that

idealism.

toward

did

the

difference

I have

carefully considered

any

direction

coming

to

in

come

I have

opportunities placed
every

in the

country

likelihood
With

jointsare
pointed

of my
these

the

but

the

it is the

East, where

from

all claims

that

all

this

live.

writers

on

ject
this sub-

on

taking

read

few

as

the

by

century,

study

whirl

the

books,

fad, or

and

as

the

up
the

keep

smallest

point.
in

readily understand

of

with
to

of
one

that

her

poetry
mind

the

before

country,

one

in

types

opposition

When

ward
for-

comes

unbiased

an

who

lady

hand

hundreds

often

more

by

in connection
in

society from

to-day she

against, and

only

of

written

but

to

examine

disposal, not

not

the

mixed

opinion

for

he will

ship
relation-

said, without

fingers is

that

or

points

the

even

writer

people

hand,

short

an

to

the

the

from

may

modern

pamphlet

the

with

time

Of

greatest injury that has

Such

endeavored

on

excess

any

of

soul

nineteenth

the

generally

mysticism.

the

have

less,to

on

have

the

for

reputation of being interesting,then

with

hand

that

The

day.

line

study.

my

own,

deciding
hands

in

before

considers

the

in almost

but

there

is

some

but fairly accurate.


infallible,

hands^ therefm-p,it

are

the

case

in

I read

week

my

world,

being,

in

disappear into

must

peculiar characteristic

fingers

analyzing,

the

and

contact

on

at

religion or

palmistry, and, having

taken

conclusion

in

authorities

done

opinion

in

body

the

tinsel

work
of

When

largely from

other

of

know

When

have

the

often

been

square

this

they lead.

observations.

this

of

the

In

very

book

not

exponent

an

brain, writes
and

to

Only

ago

type

own

make

names

are

himself

months, sometimes

to

hands

an

wait

They

power.

Such

found

kill

too

has

few

came.

months
as

his

life

are

and

writers

"

which

by

write

been

out

the

they rarely forget

of

them.

separate

closely what

too

gentleman

something
they

it has

palmistry

to

will

this

others

less fanatical

or

starve

of

to follow

done

lady

and

I fear

palmistry.

the

Yogi

definition

my

has

more

35

patience

serve

examples

the

kindred,

in

are

from

the

with

keeping

wonderful

most

with

opportunities

so

egotistical,which

different

being

patient

are

and

opportunities,

of

pride

Philosophic Hand.

or

type

l^ornp

in

mind

thonyhtfnl people

Again, such

reverse.

shape

of

be

of hand

development

which

that
while

the

the

gives

determines

developed

the

smooth,
love

of

'vs^hether that

Cheiro's

36

being
and

as

fits

of

conic

they

consider

almost

these

that

make

from

the

men

practical

will

which

-martyrdom

self

gives

the

the

with

women

di'ones

in

the

of

the

of

which

of

type

humanity.

inspiration

the

of

which,
of

pursuit

It

about

finger

with

type,

conic.

the

their

the

square

the

of

mysticism
in

brings

philosophic
hive

the

end

to

tone

hands,

characteristic

vast

The

or

these

patience

the

Hand.

solemn

thought

Again,

have

is

the

religious

the

mankind.

for

characteristics

opposite
and

combined

the

of

or

associated.

become

truth,

chemicals

for

specially

them

rule,

for

be

and

square

they
of

analysis

of

power

Language

hands

with

is

that

the

peculiar
so

what

love

blending
ideas

different

-H

X-^ "tiPe

CHAPTER
THE

The

CONIC

VI.
HAND.

conic

TO.

is medium-sized,
the palm slightly
hand,properlyspeaking,
and the fingers
full at the base,
at the
and conic,
or slightly
tapering,
pointed,
V.). It is often confounded with the next type,
tipor nail phalange(Plate
the psychic,
which is the long,narrow
hand,with extremelylong,tapering
fingers.
The main characteristics of the conic hand
are
impulse and instinct.
People with the conic hand are often,m fact,designated"the children
in connection with this type,but it is
of impulse." There is a great variety
soft hand,with pointedfingers,
and rather long
more
usuallyfound as a full,
nails. Such a formation denotes an artistic,
impulsivenature,but one in
which
love of luxury and indolence predominate. The great fault with
this type is,
that though theymay be clever and quickin
peoplepossessing
thought and ideas,
yet they are so utterlydevoid of patienceand tire so
if ever, carry out theirintentions. Such peopleappear
that theyrarely,
easily,
to their greatestadvantagein company,
or before strangers. They are
good
drift
of
the
b
ut
a
conversationalists,
they grasp
subjectquickly, they are
in knowledge,as also in other things; theyhave not
or less superficial
more
the power of the student,
throughwant of application
; they do not reason,
which makes them
theyjudgeby impulseand instinct. It is that quality
in friendship
and affection; one can easily
offend them over little
changeable
in contact
things.They are also very much influenced by the peoplethey come
in affaires
de
with,and by their surroundings.They are impressionable
cmur
tempered,
quick; theycarry their likes and dislikesto extremes
; they are usually
but temper with them is but a thingof the moment.
ever,
They,howwhen out of temper, speaktheir mind plainly,
and are too impetuousto
studywords or expressions.They are alwaysgenerous and sympathetic,
37

then*

selfish where

given

what

relates

to

more

influenced

easily influenced
other

sympathetic
of

rapture,
When

of the

will

descend
conic

to

all the

company

and

has

chosen

the

the

They

is hard

of

to

smger

than

by study

stir the

will

carry

of

emotions
of

remembered

his

the

the

of others

disposition of

who
those

to

the

conic

the

is

give

to

the
the

the

type

of

hand

the

individual

logic
but

will
his

relates

; it is the

good qualities

firmness

and

for

sparkle

to

foundation

the

actors,,

emotional
more

or

they

upon

study.

do

them.

It

by

the

will
quence
elo-

must, therefore, be

natural
upon

mor"

nature,

multitudes

words.

as

in

hand

conic

reason,

emotional

move

It

individuality

own

own

artistic

success.

the

how

of will.

an

purely

to

trifle.

any

thought,

her

any

greatest heights

people depend

her

more

respond quickly

that

or

hands

are

sorrow,

making

follow

artistic

than

brilliancy and

why

by

of

or

reason

such

know

orator

They

public life,such

than

not

the

of such

owners

encouraged

toward

who

that

of

out

all the

energy

that

actress, from

by

denotes

if

lead

audience

not

tongue"
that

; and

the

artistic,but

the

so,

of hand

all the

moment

will

; the

at

consists

impulse

despair, over

far

go

it is for

all

her

away
song

and

the

but

but

rise to the

and

and

with
first,

forgotten

of

church,

artistic.

are

elastic,it

will

and

be

things well,

The

and

not

money

falls
often

carrying

that

of

nature,

those

represent

the

very

if the

and

by greater

in

the

strangers,

it must

do

and

accentuated

quickness

inspirational feeling
will

it to the

this class

depths

determination

before

But

charity

they

that

lowest

actresses, singers, orators,


career.

for

deservedly

say

emotional,

are

is artistic

and

energy

been

charity which

the

to
to

possessing

hand

hard

hand

have

than
correct

more

women

first-mentioned,but

life the

called,and

artistic,than

and

the

conic

The

comes,

been

influences; they
or

beggar

for

by color, music, eloquence, tears, joy,

Men

type.

giving

temperament

the

by

charity, but,

sympathies

their

in

not

is all.

that

really be

It would

ideas.
are

The

has

interesting type

This

and

beggar

of that.

think

well, they give, and

"

such

to the

credit

get credit

To

for

money

rouse

may

that

get

never

give

we

fingers never
there

anything which

or

give

to

discrimination, consequently

of

power

practical types.

more

savmg

the

not

hands

These

lot of the

easily influenced

are

anybody

to

moment.

have

they

alas ! here
is

they

matters;

money

concerned, it is true, but

is

personal comfort

own

Hand.

of the

Language

Cheird's

38

temperament

which

the

talent

The

rises

and

singer,

greater

Study

the

strongest:

to

her

that

great

as

than

things

reach

by

be

can

greater

will

study,

point

the

ent
differ-

by

conscientious

for

heights

such

spatulate

of

treatment

persons

the

and

design

for

type

work,

and

hand

idea

and

try

color,

the

The

and

tones

but

semitones

that

to

perament
tem-

is

indicates

foundation,
they

method,
successful.

are

to

say,

give

subdue

the

painter

that

ideas

will

crown

relates

temperament

give,

philosophic

oft

fingers

until

daring

more

alone

and

that

will

rungs

earthworms

square

again

the

on

two,

in

hand

the

the

where

with

try

artistic

sits

type

exactness

more

originality.

his

as

Study

possesses.

the

only

artistic

the

on

confound

indicates

will

is

it

rung;

them,

consequently,

of

famous

man

the

fingers

breadth

rung

she

Genius

fame.

by

artistic

fingers

instance,

greater

of

of

ladder

above

The

and,

correctness

the

that

patience

and

rises

Genius.

student,

The

and

variety

as,

the

half

one

the

it

call

the

she

but

her

by

endurance

works

by

and

and

fingers

square

rising

of

capable

formation

of

are

dazzled

more

39

with

woman

application,

power

Study

dream,

who,

the

her

development

and

be

pointed

the

Hand.

"

the

by

often

by

means

instance,

may

with

woman

to

For

falls.

or

Conic

will

the

make

mystical
dued
sub-

already

"

colors.

the

of

petals

lights

The

the

and

asphodel,

that

shades

the

in

Benedictus

the

across

creep
the

hands

that

the

canvas,

soothe

in

poem

the

dying
"

all

calm,

will

be

but

detail,
with

but

that

detail

calmness

leading
that

to

awes

the

one

of

regions
with

the

the

sense

spirit
of

the

all

will

mysterious.

be

VIL

CHAPTER

The
known

The

word

very

the

it is

and

hard

such

hand

dreamy
of

hard

to

the
when

the
The

long,

want

of

have

to

energy

try

to

Individuals
nature.

They
in

gentle
trust

every

their

with

is

they

are

discipline
carried

or

away

in

by

battle

in

they

them.

to

they

of

the

rush

strong
40

type
so

proach
ap-

ation.
consider-

in

is

formation
and

fingers

pities such

long,

indicate

hands

its

if

they

have

no

and
and

idea

by
of

others

humanity.

form

they
of

be

to

order,

against
Color

they

are

instinctively

how

of

conception

no

idealistic

visionary,

purely

confiding,

easily influenced

are

into

however,

shape

every

They

exact

it, particularly

It

tapering

whose

and

who

taken

all.

present-day

life.
the

are

have

of

beauty,

have

beautiful

logical;

they

and

hand

temper;

kind

slender,

part

type

coldness,

the

women

are

of

instinctively

one

the

psychic
the

quiet

tical, business-like,
or

the

appreciate

who

in

own

hand

fineness

and

life

against

encourage

gold,

and

of

envy

calmness,

for

soul.

of

not

although

men

the

the

rare

the

to

pureness

by

is

very

passion

does

the

considered

with

its

after

But

present-day

of

of

In

quest

of

beautiful

very

strength,

hold

manner,
one

Its

cattle.

be

our

most

soul.

sought

hundreds

must

fable

old

goddess

the

is

type

civilization

in

the

are

fragile-looking,

and

the

not

are

of

they

the

nails.

almond-shaped

the

is what

seven

appertains

icy purity;

bowed

are

control

is

and

narrow,

type

there

that

psychic

and

closeness

that

customs

the

of

daughter

heads

find, yet

psychic

mind

nineteenth-century

such

of

the

by

the

of

purity
which

of

the

of

that

war

"

lily whiteness

of

soil, whose

heated

be

may

find:

chastity

the

is

Diood

of

"

one's

the

Psyche

charm
to

to

its

in

itself

suggest

maiden

flowers

rare

sons

to

spiritual

more

This

explains

name

unfortunate

most

VI.).

(Plate

seems

toward

Venus

the

but

psychic

find.

to

The

the

the

as

hand

beautiful

most

HAND.

PSYCHIC

THE

prac

ality,
punctu-

their

appeals

will,
t

The

in the

this nature

joy,

every

every

religion

and

music,

emotion

the

such

feel the

than

ceremony

they

and

magic

of

and

awe

The

them.

finds

of

law

The'

into

utter

often

the

question

inability of
fact is

but

recognized, the

sensitive

consider

calls

nature
are

often

of

placed
to

here

increase

asylums

to
our

than

yet

faculties

their

are

more

position

or

of the

of

! too
the

often

parents,

is in business.
that

nature

early

largely

are

such

; thus

parent

Alas

the

an

for

hereditary laws,

father

dwarfs

to

of matter-

account

stupidity
the

and

how

offspring

through

and

because

of

the

examination.

world

feel their

by

the

very

There

grave.

filled

responsibility; and

the
do

beauty
more

and

balance

in

good
convent

morbid

in the

appreciation of

than

is

the utter

sooner

this

of the

purely

laws
the

of

beautiful

; but

too

in
that

temperaments
the

church.

humanity

they

useless

nothing

who, by
a

that

melancholy

of such

those
endow

and

is

sweetness

or

keenly

so

; there

case

and

indicators

the

life

become

the

is not

goods, build

establish

position

useless, and

and

use

love

forms

and

upon,

all understand

opposite

beautiful, delicate hands,

creation;

of this world's

why.

I would

insanity

is

usually

more

spiritual,
All

clairvoyants, because

at

working

crushes

so

not

often

are

ignorance

of the

do

direct

the

environment

themselves

into

They

the

the intuitive

impressions

type under

life

Such, however,

consequence.

seek

service, the

sermon.

of

confines

have

sciously
uncon-

better.

of these

nature,

the

knowing

in which

way

life,simply

the

the

of

the

every

to

power

easily imposed

are

they

nature,

the

for such

parents

Possessors

often

such

that

they

is that

kind, by the

of

of

result

life,without

generally

balance

business

wrongness

with

sensitives,mediums,

as

only

produces

some

the

on

individuals

by producing

of this

truth

or

type is

the

not

music,

sisters.

The

theory of

reaction

logic

dwell

These

strange thing

of balance

temperament

is forced

no

the

by

point

the
a

is

fact

chfldren

of-fact,practical people.
a

them

good

and

such

having

of

has

This

impressed

feelings,instincts,and

to

brothers

Parents

color.

more

to

mystery

are

in

of

tone

every

true, but

the

seem

attract

they

alive

more

matter-of-fact

treat

be

with

being deceived.

highly developed
are

the

mystery

bitterlyresent

they

will

is

41

some,

is reflected

people

innately devotional, they

are

; to

way

; it feels what

religious one

In

truth.

highest possible

sorrow,
a

Psychic Hand.

tion
accumula-

They

they

may

they

are

be

may

be here
not

use

less

of that

"

of

instead

worldly

we

they

sense

types

They

river of life
One

liliesthrown,

they

"

and

no

ruthless

some

to the

strength; they

The
we

as

nearing,how

now,

now,

The

has

come.

The

into the

garden

that

weeds

tide

onward

river

is broader

leave

the

for

now,

! in the

fame

and

if sorry

Wider
The
silence

sea, and

and
mists

wider

of

mock

hangs like
lilies and

coldness

flowers

and

on

them, soiled

sees

the tide.
how

of its

in

night

river is silent

it bears

the broken
All

is

quiet

yet stillcalmer.

and

and

closer and

the

heart.
"

nearer

the

as

The

drift

that

expand

we

early tide.

calmer

weeds

Again,
and

nearer

See, now,

See

thicker

risingtide

the

passing barge

them

youth.

yet it grows,

! those

the stream.

some

hurries

upon

Ah

pity

rent.
cur-

rock, trying,as it were,

of

roughness

fall now,

for

quieter,calmer, wider

dream

for the

of that terrible

lower,one

some

of life is done.

day

tempest-tossed

again by

on

moment

and

banks

narrow

of

the wash

or

liliesrest and

past, the

tenderly,as

still it is !
out

is

all is calm.
end

the

those

the rush

flowers

the

banks

little

shadow

the

the

sweep

swept

are

the shelter of the stone

from

sea.

views

our

of

rush

them

drags

amid

happy

it is the

for

race

hand, upon

the

clinging to

times

at

have

by

stained,crouching beneath

to look

the

in

Alas

do.

followingpicture,as illustrative

the

drawing

bubbling,babbling,frothy humanity.

of

behind

far

often

too

we

helplessin the onward

so

seem

them

sees

hands

beautiful

as

help them,

and

encourage

us

;
as

are

generally left

are

refrain from

I cannot

of such

destroying them

and

let

; therefore

assured

be

may

crushing

fortune.

is

Language of the Hand.

Cheird's

42

whiter.

The

it may

of God

river

be

How
widens
to the

Plate

VII."

THE

MIXED

HAND.

CHAPTER

yill.

"

THE

The
the

on

that

hand
I

square

is the

the

with

whereas

student's
The

is

type

to

different

mixed

called

so

conic,

spatulate,

square,

that

of

type

describe.
with

type

have

fingers

true

all to

of

the

mixed

the

of

foundation

chapter
In

fingers.

foundation

such

no

the

In

square

be

can

cited

for

guidance.

mixed

as

illustration
mixed

the

HAND.

difficult

most

an

gave

however,

case,

hand,
the

mixed

MIXED

often

types

philosophic,

hand

one

the

classed

also

fingers
spatulate,

one

square,

be

possibly

cannot

psychic;

or

pointed,

one

"

the

because

belong
sophic,
philo-

one

etc.

The

mixed

hand
of

changeability
and

people
He
He

will

will,

of

versatility

in

one

Such

others.
and

tact.

getting

the

on

never

of

work

classes

not

moment

gas-stove

they

can

remain

are

easy

thereby
in

go

determine
into

best,

hands

find

They

the

long

they
or

feel

the

are

different

striking

most

they

however,

talents, choose

the

Their

do

When,

in

to

any

to

politics

write
; but

add

their

is

They

or

drama,

as

43

they

head

it

that

the

They

are

the

next,

are

always

on

the

in

perhaps,

into
stances:
circum-

almost

inventive,

ularly
particrestless

are

of

ideas

new

they

changing,

quiring
re-

culty
diffi-

come

to

They

and

work

others;

fond

but

hand,

no

they

adaptability

labor.

so

have

they

generally
of

gossip.

brilliancy

scope

like

talents.

or

rules

which

fortune

are

place.

of

with

of

themselves

greatest

their

art,

both

to

his

of

little, and

to

versatile

downs

them.

town

line

dispositions

and

relieve

paint

and

adaptable

science,

subject

of

generally

application

strong

peculiarity
ups

the

may

so

is

hand

the

fairly well,

with

if
and

of

be

and

versatility,

such

erratic

conversation,

great.

his

with

man

instrument

be

all

ideas, of

of

clever, but

diplomacy

contact.

all

in

some

he

hand

purpose.

brilliant

play
will

rarely
he

the

circumstances,

be

may

is

invent

and

un-

Cheiro's

44

stable

as

belongs

palm
for

instance,

the

conic

to

talent

will

and

to

which

so

commonly

rarely
certain

mixed

When

fail.

they

water,

entire

the

of

hand

is

subject

in

works

remembered

that

much

are

the

spatulate,

of

development

pure

inclined

is

to

individual

on

be

the

it

mixed

the

Hand.

characteristics

the

is

the

must

square,

where

unfortunates

relegated

the

on

of

It

these

type

succeed

purpose,

class

succeed.

fingers

often

the

Language

palmistry.

then

that,

become

possessing

through
the

"

Jack

this

when

the

modified

as,

philosophic,
the

or

would

type

versatility
of

type

all

of

of

trades,"
hand

is

THE

SUPPLE-JOINTED

THUMB.

CLUBBED

FlRM-JOlNTED

THUMB.

^Q1.

(Vto\

ftvtl)

Plate

Viri."

THUMB

THE

THUMBS.

CHAPTER

IX.

THE

The

thumb

is in

only in the

not

The
the

by

of
In

truth
of

study

domain

the

the

every

of

of

thumb

but

cheirognomy,
could

palmistry

in

alone,

that

important

so

sense

every

THUMB.

rest

it calls
in

also
the

upon

its relation

special

its relation

solid

the

to

for

tion,
atten-

mancy.
cheiro-

to

foundation

given
acteristics
char-

important

most

subject.
thumb

the

age

has

played

conspicuous

in

only

not

part,

the

'v

but

hand,
of

the

tribes

captors,

of

the

the

thumbs

the

thumb

his

them

and

great

foundation

my

early

life, I

the

the

no

palmistry,

the
on

stand

Ghost,

gives the

and

first

the

has

that

played
the

blessing

by

the

virtue

of
the

thumb

fact

indicator

has, by

to

their

important

an

the

rest

first.
and

of
of

In
first
45

its

the

the
and

make

remarks
to

on

role,

of

of

God,

position,

the

power

second

the

center

also

lieve
be-

of

in

the

tianity
Chris-

representing
and
to

representing
the

by

systems

even

will

the

make

position

thumb

the

with

watched

Chinese

that

notice

make

thumb

thumb

the

off

cutting

and

the

The

out.

We

interested

variety
the

eloquent

character,

seen

of

have

work

they

interesting

an

have

his

mercy.

their

of

appearance

they

base

of

Being

fact, for

India

for

judgment

many

before

but

begging

remarks.

dumb

instances

here, again, they

too,

independent

attendant

for

among

brought

this

in

their

their

system

when

and

general

In

what

finger Christ,
hand

in

all

and

but

is

is

Israel

of

this

know

they,
it

Again,

upright
as

for

angle,

matter

thumb

the

children

Gipsies,

hand,

he

fingers,

that

fact

prisoner,

independence,

accordingly.

read

itself.

finger
to

position,

foundation,

the
God

the

the

they

thumb

of

and

enemies.

calculations

in

will

well-known

the

if

his

by

is

It

nations,

their

from

which

his

annals

of

itself.

world

thumb

up

war

in

gipsies

the

Oriental

givirfg

in

their

in

cover

fashion
find

also

the

only

point,
the

bishop

Greek

church

second

fingers, representing

or

Holy
alone

the

Cheird's

46

Language of the Hand.

Trinity; the ordinarypriesthas


old ritual of the

made

hy
I do

not

wish

tire my

to

well-known

be affected

long time
other

is at

before there

has

fact,there
the

last few

the

corrugationsof the skin


thought well

yet

that very

very

interesting
pointis the old idea

can

easilybe

child

some

days after birth

it foreshadowed
was

would

be delicate

fact,

weak-minded

are

so

talkingwith

people

weak

as

not

when

or

the

weak

thumbs,

fingerscovering and

dying.

One

will

it into

an

see

study of
ment
govern-

practice
"

days

if,seven
to

reason

very

and

the

man

weak,

or

thing to
interesting
death

/'

after

of the

concealingthe

that,as

that if the

fingers,

birth,the

suspect that the child

asylums

have

same

way, that

inside the

thumb

and

Another

idea,by the

properlydeveloped,

an

the

by

even

self-reliance. It is

well-

in London

They believed

keep the

will visit the

to be

is

ease
dis-

study of the hand.

traced

"

of truth.

good

was

one

this,which

the English
passant.,

of the midwives

congenitalidiots

individuals have

self-confidence
of

If

mentally.

fail to notice that all


some

stand

still covered,then there

Justice is indeed blind.

inclined to

was

disease in

prosecutedpalmistsduring the

but
great physicaldelicacy,

thumb

cannot

and

good deal

be

can

En

the country.

to contain

seen

of

proposed to put

even

in almost

part of

likelihood

Gralton has demonsti'ated

of the thumb.

year

every

or

an
affection,
operation
if
that
brain,and
operation

do not believe in the

criminals

arrested

government

amination
ex-

an

yet, in face

And

idea,and

an

by the thumb) they have baffled the

by which

of the

of the

by

is likelyto

of such

trace
slightest

center

proof of

of the brain.

diseases that

nerve

If it indicate such

Dr. Francis

marvelous

accuracy

the

in

"

center

will indicate such

peoplewho

the

thumb

the thumb

again shown

years

"

patientis affected

the thumb

still are

the

as

tell if the

appeared

patient is saved.

the

and

is

lengthy dissertation

of all is that which


significant

of
specialists

they can

part of the system.

(which

work

the

by paralysisor not, as

is successful

Within

be

must

cross

given by the hundred

; but the most

fact among

performed on

once

known

And, again,in the

baptism the

by going into

could be

in medical

of the thumb

any

find that in

readers

pointswhich

is known

relates to what
It is

hand.

the thumb.

importance of this member

the

the whole

use

English church,we

the medical

upon

to

country, he
thumbs

poor
in

shape.
who

woman

thumb
watch

has

All
will

little

the hands

approaches

and

the

The

reason

the

goes,

that if the

"

when

in every

way,

finger.

The

to be

This

versa.

The

and

ideas

in his

the

desire,or

with

man

the

of

firm

palm, nor

yet should

it lie too

and
fingers,

yet

they will
their

manner

cramped

and
toward

to find out

do;

he

on

nature

will

cannot

such

his

person

one, he will

opponent, but if it be short and


for any

formed
the

is

deed

long,

the

use

will be

of

appliedby

right angles to

at

It should

have

When

or

it stands

want

the

off the

dependen
sheer in-

control such natures


to

the

of

aggressivein

is well formed, but


utter

be

ward
slope to-

flyto extremes, from


manage

strength

thumb, therefore,should

thinking about

of violence

use

or

is the

his nature

outspoken,because

thumb, however,is a long

the

lyingdown,

independence of

timorous,but cautious nature; it will be impossible

nervous,

be

the thumb

it indicates the
fingers,

what

with

will

stand

them.

lie down

bearing. When
the

brutish in his

in the attainment

person

close to the side.

not

vice

and

woman

and they will be inclined


opposition,

no

spirit.It denotes
to

not

spirit.It will be impossibleto

brook

rule,and

observation.

coarse
or

The

It should

hand, at rightangles to it,the


of

of the

casual

which
to that of brute force,

the hand.

upon

is

man

object,such

an

opposed

said,

the base of the first

most

refined,and

thick,short formation.

long and
the

while the
instincts,

carryingout

of intellectual will,
as
the

by the

prove

is intellectual and

well-shapedthumb

in the hand

reach

not

short,clumsy, thick-set thumb

animal

has

remarkably true,particularly

the intellectual faculties

more

point the student will

with the

man

stillretains its

that the higher and betteris,therefore,

made

proportionedthe thumb, the

hand, but

D'Arpentigny who

discoverythat

Bell's

yet the thumb, if measured, does


deduction

the

on

approach to the human, though well formed

is the nearest

chimpanzee,which

This is

the man."

Sir Charles

follows out

one

drops in

It is

hope of life.

individualizes

thumb

The

and

temporarily the thumb

only faded

has

there is every

and

power

47

loses all power

thumb

reason

Thmnh.

what

he intends
If the

reverse.

his intellectual faculties to outwit

thick he will
that he

may

cautiouslyawait

meditate.

strikes the happy medium


thumb, therefore,

When

of these two

his opportunity
a

well-

extremes,

to give him dignityand


subjectwill have sufficient independence of spirit

force of character ; he will also be

have

strength of

will and

properlycautious

decision.

It therefore

over

his

stands

own
:

the

and
affairs,

long,well-

Cheird's

48

and

obstinacy

time

immemorial

force

brute

strength of intellectual

denotes

thumb

formed

of the Hand.

Language

; the

small, weak

will ; the

short, thick

weakness

thumb,

of will

thumb,

and

want

of energy.
From
which

of

significant

are

logic, and

nail

first

The

second

The

third, which

or

is the

thumb

simply

but

is

second

having

all the

the

When

One

allowed

to

the

bend

The

the

of

world

love,

"

Yenus, love.

for

as,

first

the

instance,

subject depends

neither

upon

lange
pha-

logic

exactitude

out

his

is

long

nor

and

back, and

forms

stiff,the

in

stiff.

or

the

first

of reason,

the

thumb

side

the

of

the

sufficient

not

supple,

into

phalange

arch

an

man

or

woman

nature.

thumb

of the

study

When

thumb

small, the

be

cannot

is to

first

the

when,

bent

notice

is

phalange
on

back,

the

trary,
con-

by

even

greatest possible

the

opposite peculiarities bear

two

yet has

subject,

ideas.

sensual

or

first,the

the

than

longer

and

carry

supple

thumb

stiff

instance,

is very

and

Scotch,

whereas

Spanish, Italians,and
the

consider

that

otherwise, has
in

the

individual

the

more

rare

it is found

wherever

the

more

in

do

individual

belongs.

races

influence

with
are

bears

influence
this

also

of the

numbers

tion
rela-

have
out

of

the

this
the

characteristics

point.

am

Latin

English,

Irish,French,
I

congregated.

the

supple joint,

Germans,

among

peculiarity, for

the

The

Northern.

Danes, Norwegians,
large

these

unconscious
to

property
the

among

of climatic

theory

peculiarity of

(Plate VIII.) is the distinctive

joint is

for

that

to

is

these

Mount

developed,

interesting things

is

supple

; the

shows

the

parts,

character.

to

to

of the

is much

calmness

joint

thumb

; and

pressure

that

three

will.

passionate

most

first

the

that

phalange

more

of the

whether

races

the

to

prey

third

unequally

phalange

determination

and

rule

that

powers

into

will.

boundary

find

upon

the

When

is

great

denotes

phalange

extremely long, we

will

three

divided

been

phalange, logic.

the

When

though

the

has

thumb

will.

The

reason,

the

hardly think

more

inclined

surroundings, prenatal
the

that

characteristics

of the

nation

or

to

which

it

The

THE

For

of

the

SUPPLE-JOINTED

extravagant

; these

thought

have

the

sentimental

love

down

in

with

people

the

general

practical; they have


makes

them

rather

steps where

the

erratic

of

rule

with

strength

they

churches

kind

the

control

will

nature

out

they

have
; in

machinery

plain,

are

but

but
in

solid;

the

to

and

placed.

are

and

the

in
slow

by

they
the

practical

self

control

are*

out

carry

country

own

stanch;

they have

art

their

have

they

solid,strong,

firm

element

Again, they

justice; they

are

large

thing

one

and

more

which

they advance

are

determination

bounds.

to

the

among

place,they

is

secretive

of

sense

first

the

which

home

they

war

undemonstrative,

are

In

stubbornness

own

keen

they

of all this is found

they stick

of their

thrown

are

opposed

country

by leaps and

act

of resistless

most
;

and

and'

surroundings,

new

of stubborn

kind

cautious

more

and

character, and

first mentioned

with

making

would

other

like the

their purpose
idea

in

people

both

as

in

THUMB.

joint (Plate VIII.).

stronger
are

for

but

time, improvident

society they

in whatever

opposite

and

of

country,

work

new

exact

will

They

success.

and

FIEM-JOINTED

strong

to

home

the

way,

firm
stiff,

kindred

of

easily

THE

in whatever

home

at

hand, is the in

of money,

matters

improvident

"

consequently they quickly make

Again,

only in

not

spendthrifts

quickly

are

practical; they settle

love

the

adaptability of temperament

have

They

circumstances; they

not

THUMB.

person,

life's natural

are

wealth.

of

their

49

example, the supple-jointed thumb, bending from

dication

they

Thumb.

they

they

as

and

resistless ; in

in

religion their
of

strength

their

own

individuality.
THE

The
second

and

is

or

and
V].II.),
In
was

to

middle

decided

namely, the

its

of

molded

opposite, which
in

followed

It

phalange.

indicator

narrow

London,
be

PHALANGE.

important characteristic

next

the

SECOND

of the
will

or

is full and

It has

waist-like

when

later

by this larger and

published

"

my
fuller

shape
this

that

work,

the
I

greatly

Plate

VIII.).

Hand,"

called

of

formations,

(Fig. 1, Plate
on

make

(Fig. 3,

appearance

Book

and

varies

two noticeable

clumsy

more

1892,

is the

found

be

temperament.
center

thumb

which

attention

to

50

the

formations.

My

critics,I

will

here

the

case.

In

the

first

about

the

that

nature

will

in

with
the

When
it is

animal

have

natures

have

the
of

obstinacy
of violence
or

such

calm

When

the

indicated

hard,

firm

more

resolute

than

is the

and
of

the

the hand

starts, but

of
the

the

is soft

be

cannot

object.

an

of the

whereas

the

of

purpose,

short,flat nail,

of blind

All

Such

of

out

brutal

passion

people,

points together give

and

natural

as

rule,

terrible

that

deeds

into

temper,

pletely
com-

controlled

more

toward

tendency
;

of

by

reason.

and

energy

in the

determined

the

developed will

well

thumb

ness
firm-

with

consequently the subject


the

short

his

of

execution

be

ideas

hand.

soft
the

of

portion

out

with

heavy,

possess.

temper

more

the

of

phalange, consequently, whether

phalange

and

of

power,

carrying

subject, once

is increased

first

purpose

subject with

When
fits and

is hard

and

two

flat first

by the thumb

hand

the

of my

that

passion of the subject.

they
the

drives

in matters

hand

the

is

be

nature.

is thick

reason

The

mental

should

formation

which

of

some

indication

coarse

formations, the force

clubbed

that

crime.

more

of each

and
joint stiff,

purpose

in

the

tact

truth

accomplishment

of

force

ungovernable

whatever

first

and

long, is

of the

in the

born

tact

phalange

the

the

seen

being

appearance,

indicates

nail

or

dominating
also

the

thumb

by

to

such

why

by this time

will,and

force

characteristics

indication

sure

first

the

waist-like

the

indicates

the

of

brute

development

keeping

has

student

two

indicated

exception

logical way

these

by

appearance

taken

was

in

intellectual

more

that

it

show

formation

concerned, shown

waist-like

as

to

place, the

use

development,

fuller,coarser

endeavor

of the Hand.
is

the

that

of the

follows

It therefore

as

interest,and

finer

greater development

finer

character

of

my

the

far

statement

deal

good

remarks

Language

difference,as

great

aroused

Cheird's

will

subject
much

so

be

inclined

more

depended

to

in the

upon

use

his will

by

of his

execution

plans.
One

very

through
supple

the

or

are

medium

of

bending-back

consciousness

They

striking peculiarity to

that

generally
in morals

is

hand

thumb.
found

not

is

found

in
in

shown

this
the

They rarely have


with

those

more

does

the

be

play

those

impulsive
so

of

the

children

important

of

study
case

the

of

same

people

keenness

straight, firm
of

part.

nature

human

nature
with

tde

of moral

development.
in

i^hom

science
con-

SQUARE.

WITH

SMOOTH

JOINTS.

POINTED,

WITH

Plate

SMOOTH

iX.

JOINTS.

DEVELOPED

JOINTS,

CHAPTER

THE

The

development

figuratively
of

the

be

to

reasoning

but

not

fingers,
without
a

in
in

accurate

the

than

be

in

in

insisting

the

who

in

families

how

all

details

little

kind
do

the

others.

often

little

other

is found

of

nothing
for

in

has

the

smooth

but

In

the

the

or

to

as

IX.)

careless

in

the

would

be

very

mistakes

pointed

they

dress,
could

affairs

of

the

knotty
They

this

in

51

the

the

increase

found

cannot

ance,
appear-

keep

not

particular

very

occur,

developed

sometimes
child

it may
and

and
be

also

joints

do

among

running

slightly

observed,
how

who

men

found
but

joints

diminution

or

among

developed

or

are

one

animals

kind

with

often

as

appearing
of

with

do

are

work.

breeding

people

of

case

joints

mental

peculiarities

he

make

Plate

business

places, although

labor

generations,

person

nothing

manual

in

be

people.

in

Work

also

are

diagnose

may

With

joints.

(Fig. 2,

they

will

to

square

conclusions

at

he

apt

more

developed

intuitive

kind

any

is

using

modified,

man

talented

really

man

with

purely

their

in

man

clined
in-

more

with

doctor

is

much

jump

Such

are,

tions
indica-

without

very

will

IX.),

be

such

Such

things
order

the

is

subject.

joints he

scientific

them.

the

conclusions

this

Plate

for

type

matters.

IX.).

(Fig. 1,

but

of

hands

joints

important

are

is

fingers

The

of

at

Consequently

if

are

arrive

square

square

joints

formations

men

in

the

opposite

hardest

way

and

smooth

as

the

hand.

temperament

to

account

to

conclusions,
with

upon

(Fig. 3, Plate
such

same

little

and

The

of

the

with

and
papers

always

smooth

troubled

and

joints
able

the

of

known

of

joints

phalanges,

the

are

thought

smooth

his

as

With

means

man

the

hands

what

the

reading

of

eradicated.

with

being

patient

as

has

faculties.

any

but

of

the

between
well

in

impulsive

the

by

subject

FINGEKS.

THE

the

in

walls

peculiarities

When

OF

non-developmeDt

or

speaking,

the

JOINTS

consideration

important

very

X.

en

found

passant,

significant

they

Cheird's

52

when

Thus,

are.

"

the

case

follow
in

be, all

may

"

if

that

who

children

things

little
fact

well-known

that

how

considers

one

these

study

will

Language

wonderful

with

second,

slight

some

birth

or

exhibit

instance,

child

he

there
first

her

by

fourth

even

the

heredity,

of

For

to

third,

way

laws

interest.

gives

the

the

are

gi'eater

woman

by

Hand.

the

of

is
band,
hus-

husband,
of

peculiarities

the

as

first

husband.

developed

The
show

they

not

much

how

care

hands

philosophic

an

well,

notice

cool

be

detail

in

the

calm.

same

thing
little

things,

Men

with

these

of

dress

their

makes

in

class

The
the

even

important

in

though
developed

thev

the

work.

place

of

out

with

connection
that

with

over

matters

in

the
does

pursuit,

reason

connection

slightest

worry

in

is

details

out

with

man

case,

that

follows

scientific

some

working
It

the

and

instinct

of

whose

joints

mark

which

breadth

and
to

seems

that

and

force.

speaking,
and

stop

them

to

tide

analyzing.

of

the

true

walls
of

or

impulse,

the
of

their

without

developed
the

Outside

because

to

In
in

accurate

of

than

more

harmonize.

not

because

come

these

them

and

literature,

nature,

thoughtful,

do

careful

are

in

deduction

irritate

costume

dramatic

human

will

nothing

and

such

best

about

in

this

it

joints

have

blend

color

and

"

colors

lack

engaged.

They

feminine

almost

is

room.

will

they

matters

spends

smooth,

In

engaged
in

he

the

work.

and

joints,

exact

joints

of

arrangement

he

so

these

of

owners

time

which

in

science

any

developed

and

hand

square

of

opposite

method

in

exactness

more

the

being

joints

dramatic

work,

delineation

science,

of

they

extraordinary

instinct

and

effort.

We

joints
and

between

make

the

character,

power

knowledge

make

nature

their

analyzing

of

hulnanity
draw

phalanges,
more

but

of

therefore
the

with

people

perhaps

must

the

woman

accompany

the

tively
figura-

observant^

CHAPTER

XL

THE

Fingers
which

they

the

and

have

of

of

small

fingers

things

the

of

length

conventionalities
in

take

of

the

They

the

palm

society

not

care

they

are

decoration

to

of

of

nations,

or

in

matters

of

themselves

worry

little

over

in

the

dress,
thingS;

affectation.

en

do

exact

are

impulsive.

everything

the

"

management

people

toward

and

in

everything

they

leaning

quick

hastily.

too

in

servants,

at-tentions

are

they

in

detail

Long-fingered

occasionally

Short
little

love

picture.

notice

to

or

treatment

of

painting
quick

give

fingers

in

of

short, irrespective

long

belong.

Long
room,

either

are

FINGERS.

They

masse

they

much

so

generally

about

in

quick

troubled

be

cannot

jump

and

at

clusions
con-

for

or

appearances,

thought,

about

and

hasty

the
spoken
out-

speech.
thick

Fingers

and

clumsy,

well

as

short,

as

more

are

cruel

less

or

and

selfish.
When

they

the

denote

fingers

When

they

Naturally
crooked,

curved

caution

and

in

inward,

naturally

or

and

reserve,

denote
a

small

it denotes
to

When

evil
a

bend

affable

company,

crooked,

and

supple

very

distorted,

they
When

pain

are

charming

found

and

very

contracted,
indicate

often

spirit.

cowardly

nature

of

excess

an

stiff

are

distorted,
nature

and

on

or

pad

sensitiveness

extreme

fingers

good

is

like

clever, but

twisted

quizzical, irritating
fleshy ball

back

hand

on

they

an

curious

and

bad

hand

are

tell

arch, they

of

inquisitive.
indicate

rarely

but

found,

fingers

are

thick

and

found

and

puffy
53

if

person.

tact

the

on

through

inside
the

of

the

dread

nail
of

lange,
pha-

causing

others.
the

at

the

base, the

subject

considers

Cheito's

54

his

waist, it shows

with

When,

the

second, it indicates
the

between

the

as

this

When

of

the

fingers

the

at

every

so

base
and

way,

shaped

are

fastidiousness

is very

rule

TO

short

domineer.

and

Such

politicians.

was

ONE

is wide

space

ANOTHER,

again,

It is to

the

it

others, it is

on

be

in

found

as

great
hands

the

literallyspeaking,

man,

finger (the finger

of

reverse

it denotes

that

gambles

with

strong

all

artistic

for

"

will

lay

things

"

instincts

or

by the

dramatic

appeal

to

preacher.
or

wealth

glory.

money,
and

spatulate termination

actor, orator,

and

for

looks

rule

his hand

on

at

world

one

man,

the

"

first

heavy, it

and

square

frivolity.

Sun) is
and

nearly

honor

of the

life in the

danger

but

"

its

thi'ough

light of
one

length

same

excessively long, almost

and
life,

artistic
to the

equal
a

lottery, one
withal

endowed

talents.

for this

It indicates

sensational

If

one

Saturn) is

of the

it indicates

second,

"

second.

callousness

that

nature

the

nature.

ambition
desire

the

with

"

this

morbid

almost

finger (the finger

great

of

the

as

the

power,

to

first,it denotes
a

for

long

as

being fully equal

the

third

leanings, and

desire

striking example

second

When

When

RELATION

the

first and

of action.

independence

IN

the

finger, is excessively long, it denotes

disposition, a

pointed,

The

When

thought.

of

finger is abnormal, namely,

When

second,

between

seen

on.

index

to

is

space

it indicates

hands

deeply thoughtful,

wide

FINGEES

some

and

abnormal,

finger was

the

on

as

Napoleon

creed.

THE

first,or

well

as

pride

shows

the

ing,
eating, drink-

in

luxury

law."

the
When

as

OF

tendency

priests

fourth,

finger

the

pride, and

and

second,

When

great

desire

disposition in

unselfish

fingers open,

LENGTH

first

The

down

will

contrary,

great independence

third

THE

of

the

on

an

; he

of others

of food.

in matters

long

that

living. When,

and
like

before

comfort

own

of the Hand.

Language

power,

third
that
the

finger is
his

an

artistic

excellent

gifts are

breadth, the

color

sign

for

the

strengthened
necessary

to

audiences.
the

fourth, or

little

finger,is well-shaped

and

long, it

acts

as

kind

The
of balance in the hand
influence
it shows

on

in which

any

or

he will

very
of

one

apply facts

his notice.

his fourth

almost

long
"

and

philosopher:one

knowledge

Mr. Gladstone

is

to

who

speaking,and
can

converse

peopleby the

the treatment

good example

fingernearlyreached the nail

subjectto

the nail of the third

writing and

interests and commands


and

of the

the power

reachingto

expressionin both
who

55

thumb, and indicates

less the savant

subject;

brought under
his hand

When

great power

is more

owner

ease

others.

to the

Fingers.

of

"

the

with
manner

anything

of this class;on

of the third.

XII.

CHAPTER

THE

hard,

THTN,

troubled

thick

very

When

the

not

and

luxury,
A

SMALL

HANDS.

and

timidity,

even

other

or

If

on

portion

of

it inclines

domestic
of

worrying,

nervous,

When

the

business,

money,

When

the

proved

disposition.

proportion

it

dicates
fingers, it in-

the

to

intellect.

of

flabby,

be

to

denotes

love

indolence,

than

if the

of

that

sign
as

has

hollow

rule,

such

inclines

lot

of

mentioned

been

not

people

the

to

to

more

one

another.

to

life, it promises
of

rest

fall,

the

that

namely,

of

unfortunate

an

peculiarity

than

line

and

disappointment

the

hand

denotes

the

line

of

fate,

it tells

of

disappointment

ill-health,

trouble

it is

in

added

an

trouble.

hollow

under

comes

and

under

of

sensuality.

noticed

hand

and

in

quickness

and

soft

subject,

the

and

delicacy

and

and

disappointments

the

to

affairs,

energy,

been

well

as

works

elastic,

but

more

have

sensuality

soft, shows

toward

has

palm

and
and

thick,

tendency

have

mortals.

mind,

very

hollow

usually

full

is firm

palm
of

When

sign

AND

indicates

palm

palm,

evenness

line

dry

LARGE

nature.

in

AND

PALM,

worldly

the

line

of

in

misfortune

it indicates

affairs.

heart

in

the

closest

affections.
I

do

hold

not

longer

than

never,

properly
this

The

erroneous

the

to

be

with

palm

and

show

to

speaking,
the

that

statement

other

the

exceeded
with

case

in

works

every

the
case

the

on

subject,

intellectual
in

square,

the

by

56

the

must

the

be

and

fingers

palm

fingers.

spatulate,

fingers

misleading.

The

nature.

length

that

How

of

the

hand

can

we

philosophic

longer

than

must

the

be
is
pect
ex-

types?
palm

is

CHAPTER

XIII.

THE

Paeticularly
nails

the

Often
have

healih

side
In

in

suffered

seconds

few

the

the

first

nails,

the

manicure

degree

Nails

care

are

at

nails

they

ease

every

morning.

divided

into

four

broken

distinct

classes

or

,"

will

in

the

of

study.
their

type

polished
have

may

broad

long,

this

or

his

what

treat

affect

mechanic

short,

very

by

in

great

nails

first

work

by

instance,

have

will

alter

not

the

shown

as

with

nails

of

ject,
sub-

men

forgets,

moment

traits.

does

are

For
may

the

disposition,

the

unchanged.

gentleman

them

of

the

whether

remains

type

and

the

of

Medical

the

examination

an

hereditary

then

question,

for

of

study

the

affect

to

guides.

this

or

but

important

place,

slightest
the

care,

the

from

likely

sure

up

know,

not

died

or

disclose

of

does

diseases

remarkably

lately taken

have

patient

be

to

the

and

health,

found

Paris

and

interest.

parents

be

will

London

both

regards

as

NAILS.

by
long
he

though

ones,

short,

broad,

and

narrow.

LONG

Long

Very

type.

trouble,
the

nails

top

Plate

this

back

is

the

are

liable

more

across

aggravated

if

the
the

strength

to

nails

if the

and

finger

physical

great

accentuated

more

even

such

persons

more

toward

is

tendency

nailed

long

and

indicate

never

NAILS.

suffer
much

are

finger

nail

is

from

short,

chest

and

curved,

both

Plate

X.).

(Fig. 7,
fluted

the

as

ribbed

or

broad

lung
from
This

(Fig. 10,

X.).
This

type

tis, asthma,
Long
circulation

of

and

nails,

nail, when
bronchial
very

proceeding

shorter,

indicates

affections

wide
from

at

the

(Plate
and

top

ill-health

or

58

throat

trouble,

such

as

laryngy-

X.).
bluish
nervous

in

appearance,

prostration.

denote
This

bad
is very

THROAT

DELICACY

OF

BRONCHIAL.

BRONCHIAL.

AFFECTIONS.

LUNGS.

CONSUMPTIVE

Plate

X."

NAILS.

TENDENCIES

2.

I.

SHOVHNG

BAD

CIRCULATION

AND

TENDENCY

TOWARDS

7.

SHOWING

HEART

9.

TENDENCY

Plate

TOWARDS

XL"

NAILS.

PARALYSIS.

DISEASE.

la

The

the

often

with

case

and

twenty-one

hands

the

of

and

forty-two

Nails.

between

women

toward

small

heart

Short

disease

indicate

Short

nails,very

flat.

as

Plate

of

base, with

there

is

little

or

no

tendency

are

moons,

heart,and, generally speaking, heart

sure

disease.

circulation.

good

sunken,

into

it were,

as

inclined

flat and

to

is the

latter

the

case

out

curve

paralysis, particularly

If the

the

flesh

the

at

base,

if

they

white

are

is

disease

at the

lift up

or

edges,
brittle

and

advanced

more

are

as

(Fig. 9,

XI.).
Short-nailed

and

which

(Plate XI.).

nails,very

forerunners

in

families

the

at

flat and

diseases

nerve

flat

of the

moons

Short

well

and

action

Large

show

NAILS.

in whole

run

and

fourteen

of

ages

(Plate XI.).

nails,thin

signs of weak

the

nails

the

forty-seven.

SHORT

Short,

59

people

diseases

from

have

affecting

greater tendency

the

and

trunk

suffer

to

than

limbs

lower

heart

from

trouble

with

those

long

nails.

Long-nailed
system

in the

"

Natural

thorough
Thin

very

the

the

on

nails

are

nails

and

flecked

with

of

half

upper

highly strung

spots the whole

long,

if

high

delicate
and

much

health

of

the

ment
tempera-

nervous

system

nervous

and

curved,

requires

of

want

threaten

Nails

energy.

spinal trouble, and

great strength.

very

AS

SHOWN

BY

disposition,long-nailed individuals
than

those

with

short

nails.

are

They

THE

NAILS.

less
are

critical and

also

calmer

more

in

sionable
impresand

temper

gentle.
Long

their

sigus

are

DISPOSITION

more

the

head..

nails,if small, denote

promise

In

in

trouble

to

overhauling.

narrow

never

liable

more

lungs, chest, and

spots

5 when

are

persons

owners

nails show
take

more

resignation

things easily. Such

and

calmness

nails indicate

in every

way.

As

rule

great ideality; they also

Cheird's

60

show

artistic

an

all

and

fine

facts

relating

things
contact

keener

as

Hand.

rule,

fond

are

however,

facts

in

the

of

ing,
paint-

poetry,
rather

are

face,

inclined

particularly

of

and

humor

in

sharp

and

keener

in

they

and

of

the

and

temper,

are

with

if

will

which

opposition

individuals

make

their

judgment

hold

till

out

ridiculous

or

less

they

those

are,

visionary

long-nailed

skeptical

of

critics

well,

fond

they

have

as

last

very

into

come

best

the

of

even

the

to

they

the

the

than

more

critical,

in

facts,

Short-nailed

and

extremely

are

everything

reason,

argument

an

contrary,

analyze

logic,

to

the

on

they

sharper
in

sense

they

things

are

they

do

understand.

When

the

broader

are

tendency

than

to

they
and

worry

are

long,

indicate

they

meddle

and

indicate

the

to

pugnacious

interfere

with

other

business.

people's
Nails

nails

also

disposition,

illness

the

persons,

looking

long-nailed.

the

and

debate,

not

from

self;

incline

quicker,

are

quick

shrink

to

they
of

qualities

Long-nailed

individuals,

Short-nailed

of

owners,

of

distasteful.

are

they

their

arts.

and

visionary,

be

to

and

nature,

the

Language

short

do

not

through

the

by

any

pay

nervous

habit

attention

strain.

of

biting

to

the

spots

on

the

worrying

nervous,

nails,

except

as

perament.
tem-

sign

of

Cheiro's

62

-if

hair,
as

than

rule

It is

amount.

the

having

the

the

quicker

force

to

of

action

coarser

the

the

as

larger,

greater

tity
quan-

the

greatest

dark

people,

the

but

the

consequently

are

either

than

quality

or

have

natures

pigment

in

coarser

being

electricity, they

to

rouse

is

shows

these

much

as

electricity, not

these

hair

ends,

and

the

so

force

of

naturally

black, brown,

in

any

when

it

such

high

is

consider,

the

keen

theory

of

in

way

this

sight

of

the

give
ashamed

deal

us

to

air, all

the
do

color

of

fact

that

I
in

even

in

to

seek

the

it, even

found

Book

and

as

in

in
the

reaction
in

strain, and

few

quently
conse-

temperament
the

never,

to

the

work

knowledge
things.

of

nothing
is

power,

under

has,

country
and

liance
bril-

nerve-stimulating
press

forward
This

amusement.

those
is

fact,

live

or

to

in

think,

the

brightness

women

and

attention

Nature

the

knowledge,

my

for

the

peculiar
and

men

in

of

than,

much,

so

climate

The

hair

accounts

through

both

little

outer

same

tubes;
white

white

theory

go

its

of

such

with

winter,

it to

commend

the

its color.

cause

has

these

en

into

from

end

on

becomes

from

at

It is the

stands

often

hair

This

their

to

often

or

forced

white

white.

the

Americans.

hair

knowledge,

hair

people

competition,
the

becomes

through

be

with

dissipation,

or

longer

no

grow

rushing

world.
no

combine

of

spirit

before.

the

do

as

atmosphere,

quality of the
with

the

to

recover

to

excess

is

pigment

commence

resume

are

that

pressure,

of

in

country

great

hair

the

remembered

and

system

people

more

other

the

can

will

rarely

America

fluid

the

the

"

by

large quantities, is nearly

tube

or

grief

or

immediately,

rarely

they

hair

electric

in

sets

very

In

shock

nervous

Very

entire

enfeebled
such

itself;

system

consequently

sudden

the

hours.

and

in

generated

the

till the

on,

of

case

being
by

tubes,

becomes

gets old, or

system

tirely consumed

be

and

supply

and

have

they

which

of

and

Now,

therefore

and

wider,

escapes,

that

blond.

or

hair

red

that

blond.

When

not

that

greater

will find

we

black, brown,

not

excitable

more"

hair,

is,consequently,

electricity

of

or

either

itself

tube

the

examine

will

we

of the Hand.

Language

so

let

been
who

small
us

put forward
do
that

not

lose

it may

therefore

not

Plate

XII."

THE

MOUNTS

OF

THE

HAND.

CHAPTER

THE

In
hand

work

my

cheirognomy.

to

thicker

and
known

labor

the

which

characteristics,
and

control

cheiromants
I

here

must

there

which

hand,
I

it

use

giving
have

martial

such

names

the

student

call

to

were

of

so

long

so

these

that

on,

by

mounts

(Plate
of

man

Mount

XII.).
or

blood-vessels

of

Venus

When

in

the

mount

hand,

the

I wish

such

names

their

mere

mention

MOUNT

cov\prsone

it ia

fpaimar

the

of

quicker

qualities

muf

and

the

so

ployment
em-

than

more

tbv'

the

Mars,

as

them,

of

way

if

forth.

found

of

but

Consequently,

These

matters

VENUS.

large

to

that

two;

study

minds

our

first, second,

\levelopment

this

as

recalls

simplify

OF

deny

the

describe.

to

in

with

abnormally

not

This

woman.

is the

etc., simply

etc.,

relation

in

itself.

in

by

use

Mars,

"

with

which

the

Venus,

between

one

laws

moment

one

are

constitutional

sense

any

for

not

complete

Saturn,

as

of

conjunction

way

qualities

numbers,

.THE

The

it in

will, therefore,

terms

the

the

do

what

regards

Mount
in

great

every

Mars,

idea

an

and

in

be

to

Venus,

as

associated

of

I hold

very

consider

to

the

rougher

hereditary
As

names

Palmistry.
a

the

that,

state

with

show

the

devoted

decrease

or

turn,

races.

these

use

and

necessary

nature,

not

their

as

hand

the

work

I must

point,

with

XII.)

this

of

depress

by

of

such

"

study

been

do

connection

think

not

Astrological

as

be

may

that

in

caused

names,

this

not

again,

(Plate

section

coating

it does

intermingling

old-time

hand

of

of

MEANINGS.

the

the

in

effect

doubtless

the

the

state

is known

what

do

of

the

which,

are

of

them

skin, yet

and

THEIE

consideration

have

of

AND

mounts

of

the

will

mounts,

the

treat

in

develo{)ment

as

govern

Again,

manual

although

class

always

therefore

itself, and

POSITION

THEIE

MOUNTS,

XV.

the

at

the

favorable

largest

ai^ch.

of

base

sign
and

Hence,

on

most

if the

the

thumb

the

hand

important
Mount

of

Cheiro's

64

be

Mount

of Venus
The

developed,it indicates strong

well

Venus

Language of the

Hand.

and

robust

health.

small

health

betrayspoor

and,consequently,less passion.
of Venus, abnormally large,
indicates a violent passion for

Mount

the

oppositesex.
This

denotes

mount

please,love

desire to

music, and

affection,
sympathy

and

attraction of the

the

developed

attempted,and desire

it shows

of

study

OF

is found

color,and

melody in

other.

JUPITEK.

at

the base

of the firstfinger(Plate

in

ambition,pride,enthusiasm

MOUNT

at the base

OF

anything

of the

SATUKN.

second

finger(PlateXII.),and denotes

solitude,
quietness,prudence, earnestness

of somber

of

for power.

THE

love

to the

sex

is the raised formation

This mount

This

one

others,benevolence,

beauty,love

MOUNT

THE

XII.). When

of

worship

toward

things,and

in

work, proneness

appreciationof music

of

sacred

to

the

classical

or

order.
THE

This mount
Mount

of

is found

MOUNT

at the base

artistic callir

all

worL^

-yrace

love

of mind

THE

Xn.).

mount

of this

It denotes

SUN

well

na.-ae

of
and

not

or

one

follows

OF

is found

subject,if unfavorable,to

purely

thought.

MERCUKY.

at t\

base

of the fourth

qualitiesof life
"

love of

finger(Plate

change, travel,

and expression.If the rest of


excitement,wit,quicknessof tli("ught
is favorable,
to
the qualities
will redound
indieatu'^ by^j^|^^ount
of the

siastic
enthu-

an

native
painting,poetry,literature,and aU imagi-

MOUNT

all the mercurial

and is also called the


finger,

developed it indicates

whether
thingsbeautiful,

It denotes

'.

THE

of the third

Apollo (PlateXII.). "When

appreciationof

The

OF

his mi

the hand
the

good

The

Mounts,

Position

their

THE

There
but

Jupiter,
XII.).

two

are

the

The

Luna

lies

of

this

of

life, lying

resistance

fighting

Mars

and

directly

indicates

It
for

of

Mount

the

Luna

great

of

Mount

martial

of

spirit,

Mount

of

Venus

but

(Plate

when

the

and

Mercury

self-control,

courage,

MOUNT

the

on

the

refinement,

romantic,

the

large,

Mount

of

resignation,

and

wrong.

lies

opposite

the

beneath

the

to

next

Mount

passive

against

first

disposition.

the

denotes

the

courage,

THE

The

name

65

Meanings.

MAES.

OP

of

between

It

XII.)..

(Plate

MOUNT

active

first, gives

second

strength

line

quarrelsome,

very

the

inside

This,

shows

mounts

their

and

OF

side

Mount

of

of

and

the

Venus

love

imagination,

ideality,

LUNA.

hand

beneath

(Plate

XII.).

of

fondness

the

beautiful
for

Mount

scenery,

and

poetry

of

taste

imaginative

literature.

THE

When
blended

its

and
the

of

of

Sun
the

if

solemn

in

will
lean

individual.

blend
to

Mercury,

TOWARD

another,

one

ONE

ANOTHER.

the

qualities

of

each

are

unison.
lean
its

"

toward

with

MOUNTS

toward

Saturn

things
incline

THE

lean

developed

Saturn

ideas

OF

mounts

example,

love

If

the
and

For

LEANING

the
the
art

will

of

Mount

artistic

and

sadness,

prudence,

it

Jupiter,

toward

taste

influence

the
of

Sun,
the

the

gives
its

solemn

business

and
or

if

some

of

tendency.

religious

Saturn's

subject,

latter

the

the

scientific

thoughts
Mount
nature

of

CHAPTER

THE

different

That
is

nations

"

here

quote

The

if certain
different

laws

The
the

entire

of

pureness

individuality

and

the

with

civilized

among

inhabitants

We

latitudes,

of

Iceland,

types
be

for

as,

which

I would

world."

fore,
There-

marriage,
that

also

they
different

etc.,

it does

produce

istics.
character-

naturally

must
not

the

destroy

doubted.

it is

this

and

if

rarely

type

instance,

Lapland,

the

different

HAND.

hand,
find

races

of

but

ELEMENTARY

elementary

nations.

cold

extremely

the

different

by

moment

shapes

illustrative

as

intermixing

for

cannot

in

of

statement

dewdrop

types

different

characteristic

are

familiar

bodies

THE

Starting

is

different

intermingling

bodies

rounds

and

hands

and

There

which

produce

of

shapes

modify

law

NATIONS.

OF

faces

fact.

well-known

HANDS

of

types

XVI.

the

among

northern

in

its

primitive

of

portion

purity
in

races

Esquimaux

the

among

the

found

ever

the

and

and

Russia

Siberia.
Such
the

pain
and

people

body
as

keenly

brutal

in

sufficient

slightly
and

their

high

they

Thej^

form

the

ai^e

devoid

are

them

make

development,

types.

desires
to

emotionless

of

state

other

developed

more

THE

Germans,

the

as

mentality

civilized

The

in

not

are

and

phlegmatic

are

distinct

from

elementary

hand

they

animal

and

aspirations,
the

not

in

feel

instincts
have

only

creation.

brute

is found

do

their

in

of

centers

nerve

therefore

more

of

the

even

In

southern

more

nations.

SQUARE

square

Dutch,

hand,

HAND

AND

generally

English,

and

THE

REPRESENTED

NATIONS

speaking,

is found

Scotch.

The
66

chief

BY

among

tht".

characte.

IT.

Swedes,
istics

Danes,
which

it

Cheird's

68

swallowed

extent

that
the

of

sense

the

spatulate hand,

It is the
also

be

are

applied

They

solidityof

speculation
shift

they

from

it is to

thing

her

for
or

the

for

the

of
;

the

this

work

come

from

love

the
other

risk

and

changeability

that

such

in

"

are

faults,

world

the

must

science,

ligion,
re-

evolution

the

out

they

with

discoveries

and

hands

authority.

moment

but, even

like

can

utilize

may

is their

fault

for

they

lessness.
rest-

terms

than

ideas

they

in

The

Spatulate

law, less

mood

to

individual.

originality,and

them

earnestness

in years

in

standpoint

the

their

square

chief

with

cosmopolitan

discoverer, which

upon

inventions

must

of

of

quickness

their

mechanics.

many-talented

the

which

the

in

unbiased

an

of energy,

and

role

important

be

to

that

hand

improve

to

and

for

ideas,

materialism

the

in their

fads, enigmas

new

take

little respect

another

to

people many-sided

the

have

try

claim

I would

versatile,and

are

one

in their

fanatics

look

they

I may

exemplified by

as

will

they

As

the

played

science, art, or

from

more

mind

explorer

in

they

work

earnest

ideas,but

men's

discoveries

to

inventors,

are

the

my

as

acteristics
and, consequently, the char-

hand,

therefore

can

before, is

of

hand

to

nations

of

conventional

never

word,

I stated

as

This

country.

great

character

reading the

has

represents,

that

of

history

every

it

others.

all the

up

of the Hand.

Language

of

humanity.
PSYCHIC.

THE

This

peculiar type is

it is evolved

sometimes

enthusiastic.
an

be

Yet

evolution
seven

of

earth, earthy,
distinct

giving
shadow

to

suited

mankind

that

we

may
to

may

of
of

find
we

into

the

which

the
find

plane

it is that

its

they

in all and
for

the

material

is but

substance,
that

for

"

found

formed
to

Certain

that

of

rough
things

the

and

wisdom

are

of

thus
that

usage

of

be

this

life ; their

the

of

fitness

may
of the

make

and

as

their

so

their

may

; thus

that
the

no

up

that,

place

speculation

be

may

not

world,

mankind

most

there

are

they

It may

in the
sees

which

in

all.

reflection

the

itself;it

owners

human

kindred

or

among

in

enthusiastic

practical nor

heaven

particular country

any

practical,sometimes

most

five.

are

not

are

to

types, reaching

but

not

are

gives rise
things.

yet

nor

hands

thoughts

among

all the

community,

beautiful

the

is it neither

instead

senses

confined

not

be
in

in
the

this type
use

of all

PART

OHEIEOMA]^OY.

II."

I.

CHAPTER

Befoee
wish

to

whb

may
In

the

certain

that

its

graphic

from,

I may

information
have

say,

the

who

proved whatever

conscientious

there
read

are

the

study

four
desire

book

of

fascinating or

nature

and

that

will

make

before

confined

to

learn,I

to

impress

upon

patience.
To

be

there is no
repay

the

study
time

be

there

able

to
more

and

make

to

with

so

eularge

to

the

two

labor

spent

alike,so

is to be

arduous, there
upon

is

necessity

natures

hand

point

one

is the

this

that

knowledge
The

of

tains
con-

presenting

the student

read

tails
the de-

even

this book

in

the

no

he

the set theories

to

correct.

are

the

enthusiasm, but later

earth, and

do

compelled

and

information

I make

As

been

uninteresting. This

myself

the

reader

thoroughly

the reader

endeavored

of

casual

this work

and

dry

cheiromancy,

the

to

as

HAND.

of

palmistry, I have

I have
not

THE

glance through this book.

of his

corners

to

alike.
"

with

as

statements

hands

two

no

desire

to

gathered whatever

would, however, earnestlydesire


for

well

to

commencement

I have

; I have

those

to

the

advantages,

particularschool

study

considered

be

possible.

as

in this

study prominently

may

OF

intricate details

student, as

connected

during

resent

the

EEADING

THE

more

earnest

my

of the

points

will,I think, see

any

to

in all matters

details

may

as

words

sufficient interest

guide

TO

explain the

to

few

KEFEEENCE

first place,in

the

student

IN

proceed

take

bring

on

address

reliable
to

EEMAEKS

FEW

none

it with

able

to

more

more

interest.
To

do

this

of writers

study justice,I
on

this

and

cannot

subject,that

it is
69

will not
an

easy

pretend, as

do

the

rality
gene-

matter, by following this,

Clieird's

70

other

the

that, or

"

of the

map

read

the

hand

able

On

the

contrary,

by

the

particular type

head

to

on

the

to

concise

on

lie

that

connection

will

in

be

Now
of

hope
be

can

have,

found

of

in

or

to

correct, and
of

heights
for

that

have

that

out

reason

with

the

the

light

of

than

without
still,

knowledge.

The

point

writers

treating

chief

lies in
of each

the

of

fact

that

opinion,

such

is at

that

and

point

in

the

near

I class

the

new

every
the

across

some

truth, and

the

and

my

reason

various

lines

medical

physician

believe

attain

greater

under

who

sands

work

of

which

by following
will

according

hope, and,

and

are

teacher

you

ground

teachings

always

than

shifting

take

say,

of this

of students

to

will

we

can

particular branch

reason

follows

we

and

body

faith, without

last without

between

existed

of any

most

mentality

that

celebrated

foundation

I would

concentration

instance,
a

which

illustration

has

who, shifting their

those

particular point.

for

pursuit

who

least

own

your

difference

ful
use-

against palmistry.

What

which

have

individual

at

this

but

opinion

the

better

study.

in the

we

upon

believe

same

ties
difficul-

opinions,

No

will-o'-the-wisp,flits

to

succeed

different

words

the

which

the

fancy, find themselves

every

of

of

only through

scientific

Particularly in palmistry,

good

likely to

more

like

it is

should,

by building
than

in

we

teachings

knowledge

fancy.

as

of

clear

as

every

argument

an

subject.

any

in

say,

pupils, that
the

on

as

of

divergency

more

therefore,

his

moment,

human
you

have,

used

consensus

well

of

difference

divergency of opinion

the

religion,

take

study,

in

the

enormous

explanation

is the

mind

that

the

the

line

written

point

every

in mind

clear

is often

truth

as

must,

used

the

than

can

men!
once

reach

to

will exist

and

make

bear

in

borne

from

I have

on.

is modified

sloping

meaning

so

mentality.

exception,

instance, a

to

study.

remember

minds,

and

to

must

making

which

must

we

different

ever

and

with,

met

student

be

to

for

as,

guide,

only interesting to the reader,

it not

intricate

an

point

next

belongs,

as

student's

the

line, without

endeavored

of

way

of

completely different

have
the

such

it

making

the

with

The

of

possible, but

as

every

set rules

some

exercise

philosophic type,

or

student.

that

has

conic

object

any

which

to

Hand.

by taking

or

without

show

hand

the

with

book

shall

square

line

sloping

hand,

"

the

of

Language

those
different

of

be
to

worse

other

heads,

This

will

also

but

class

of

that

affects

This

plan
in

all

regards

changes

and

mentality,
have

the

to

found

so

be

to

with

to

the

with

on

the

teachers

depart

from

the

line

other

every

most

those

of

accurate,
whose

as

and

of

head

ideas

we

the

it,

the

to

as

well

that

govern

life,

line,

student,

the

hold

which

length

71

Hand.

for

instance,

influences

regard

the

of

puzzling

less

For

natural

climate.
and

accordance

life,

Beading

and

easy

reason.

affects

strength

the

to

more

with

that

country

only

not

accordance

to

Reference

in

found

in

more

as

more

Remarks

be

relates

life

of

Feiv

as

all

to

will

be

the

simplest,

have

its

to

important

related

as

line

later.

seen

and

to

reason

every

respect.
As

theory

the

regards
which

dividing

nature.

dealing

has

of
I

with

dates,

will

time

been

the

into

illustrate

and

"

considered

life

this
dates.

the

sevens,

when

at

in

usual

least

to

with
that

instead

and

interesting

accordance

come

and

formula,

the

portion

advance

reasonable,"

in

teachings

of

of

this

work

CHAPTER

THE

There

The

(Plate XIII.).

Line

of

Life,

The

Line

of

Head,

The

Line

of

The

of

Girdle

Line

of

the

The

The

of

Line

The

The
The

of

wrist

to

lesser

Line

The

the

Sun,

the

lines

Mount

of Venus.
of the

center

parallel

runs

found

the

above

Mounts

Saturn

of

which

of

that

to

line

and

from

runs

the

of

hand.
of

the

head,

at

the

the

heart

and

generally

Sun.

the

Line

of

three

of

Mount

Mount

of

Mercury

down

of

the

the

the

on

Plain

of

Mars

and

Sun.
of

center

the

hand,

from

the

Saturn,

hand

which

Life

generally

occupies

the

on

Mars,

Lasciva^

Luna

to the

Mount

lines

Via

of

rises

Fate, which

Line

Line

which

hand

are

rises

on

as

the

follows

Mount

of Mars

lies within

and

(Plate XIII.).

which

lies

parallel to

the

line

extends

like

Intuition, which

of health

semicircle

(Plate XIIL).
from

Mercury

(Plate XII.).
of

Marriage,

(Plate XIIL),
The

the

crosses

which

Health,

the

to

follows

lesser

seven

fingers.

the

Line

seven

as

and

hand,

hand.

ascends

The

are

HAND.

the

on

embraces

which

Venus,

encircling
The

THE

lines

vrhich

Heart,
the

of

OF

lines

important

The

base

LINES

important

seven

are

IL

bracelets

the

horizontal

line

on

the

Mount

and

found

of

Mercury
v

on

the

wrist

(Plate XIIL).

72

)..

Plate

XIII."

THE

MAP

OF

THE

HAND.

CHAPTER

IN

The
be

clear

be

free

rules
and

in

Lines

Lines

of

Lines
mind

his

will

unforgiving.

must

cipal

line

subject
It

of

they

should

that

they

should

color

kind.

any

first

of

want

place,

disposition

hopeful

in

is

purely

robust

show

they

The

the

that

past
the

and
the

future.

show

iis

If

e^

it

will

is

an"i

the

reading

the

evil

predict

can

is

important,

hands

both

hand,

be

must

borne

evil

in
is to

tendencies

whether

he

not

or

the

has

nature

whether

not

or

evil

single

no

very

therefore,

how

seeing

by

be

the

subject's

perament,
tem-

usually

one

palmist,
out

palmist

In

decisive.

as

the

of

matter

the

trouble,

grave

always

must

pointing

by

danger

liver

proud.

nature,

of

province

and

melancholy,

which

fade,

or

tendencies,

in

accepted

hand.

tell of

distant

haughty,

and

reserved,

black,

almost

biliousness

of

indicative

approaching

these

will

of

place, that

decision.

sanguine,

diminish,

the

reading

overcome

be

indicate

appear,

evils

be

in

the

and

energy

the

color,

and

overcome

will

in

also

nature.

modified

first

pale

in

self-contained,

nature

dark

may

the

warn

of

being

as

and

when

the

nor

indicate,

indicate

well

as

very

revengeful

in

are,

irregularities

or

lack

LINESo

temperament.

lines,

indicators

THE

broad

color

second,
color

robust

Yellow

of

in

red

active,

are

the

lines

neither

in

pale

TO

the

to

islands,

breaks,

very

and,

RELATION

marked,

all

Lines

an

relation

well

from

health,

in

III.

almost

mark

prin-

every

consulted

evils

the

before

,,

decision

however,
In

the

final.

sign
the

to

answer

predicted
but

be

can

say

in

the

just

is

.igle sign

Si

by

repeated

question.
hand?

as

decidedly

Can
answer

that

in

itself

other

lines,

people
that

they

the

avert

or

if
i

the

danger

decidedly
rarel}'

74

shows

only

ever

avoid
I

tendency

is then

danger

believe
do.

that
I

know

when,

certainty.
or

disaster

they

can;

hundreds

-/
"^^

^'(1,1?)isUv-?\m^
\ii"5

V""^0

^yA\

ovx

^Oo.c

^^*"^^

Wa.'vt"\^

"*^"%U
(\

"^v%^ C^yvwud^i^."^,,s
y\^\

^^^\y-\y^

\"^\\^^

c.)Lv6jL4.tiw

yivA".
Plate

XIV."

LINE

FORMATIONS.

In
of

in

cases

which

they did

society.

would
the
would

be

infirm

begged her
horses

coachman

Even

to go

not

the

been

taken

not

deter

then

reached.

She

week

later,one

the horses

as

with

her

remarkable

point

control of the horses ;


smashed

occupant

in

this

was

Street.

example

into my

predictionhas proved only

and
injuries,

comment

no

last

night bad.
his

to take

in

was

her

place.

could

have

to say, he took

doing this that


The

the sidewalk

lost

man

; the

carriage

extraordinarycoincidence,its
I

hall.

own

she has

too true:

husband,

warning:

reached.

on

at

am

sorry

recovered

never

that

to say

from

those

will.

never

I make

an

her

coachman

It

was

in

dashed
they took fright,

unconscious

The

happen

the

destination,
but, strange

against a lamp-post,and, by
carried

the

which

foggy night, she

substitute had

started.

she

and

to reach

dull

them

in

promised that she

restive and

were

ample
ex-

known

would

warning, this time through

ings
warn-

by animals

had

and
seriouslyill,

her,

caused

which

unlikely,and drove through Bond

most

was

out,

well

woman

and
life,

departed.

four different ways

the most

she

accurate

remarkable

most

of her

brought round, and

this did

gone

the

for the rest

of

case

given

The

accident

an

75

were

late.

the

was

of

again she got

were

had

her

that

age

horses

recall

can

warned

careful,and

her

ordered

The

point of

very

who

her

make

people

realize till too

not

of this which
London

to the Lines.

experience where

own

my

Relation

strange story ; I simply relate the facts

this

on

as

they occurred.
The

above

rarely if

we

is

only
will

ever

example

one

in many

by warnings,

go

that

in what

matter

no

be cited to show

could

they

way

that

may

be

given.
When
what

is called

side,it
break

important line,such

an

is

sister line

danger lessened

line will
or

If there is
it

with

fork

gives greater power


the

line is thus

be, as

prevented.

the line of life than

any

at the end
to that

it were,

This

is

is found
life,

fine line

with

running by its

strengthened; consequently any


by this mark, and the

bridged over
more

of

or

found

often

in connection

with

other.
of any

line,except

line ; as, for

mentality,but makes

the line of head

{a^a,Plate XVI.),namely,

sign that the main

in the main

as

more

or

that

instance,on
less of

of life

(Plate XVI.),

the line of head

double

nature.

creases
it in-

Cheird's

76

the

all

of

end

the

talent

of

the

of

the

line

{c-c^

Plate

head,

it

head

in

of

fixity

line

any

lines

are

joining

like

formation

When

running

entire

aimlessly

temperament,

nervous

As

study

the

the

great.

little
I

the

sign

of

particularly

part,
and

the

dissipation

of

the

of

and

power

reverse.

the

for

its

accentuate

these

heart,

grains
therefore

branches

ascending
and

the

on

lines

subject

affections

important

are

most

the

ascending

{a-a,

Plate

lines

XVII.)

in

line

line

any

and

little

(Fig. 8,

all

and

make

cleverness

they

show

sign

(Plate

and

ambitious

in

success

all

takings
under-

Plate

the

on

line

of

line

from

("-6, Plate
by

it

the

they

XVII.).

side
denote

of

the

main

weakness,

XIV.).
network

it

betrays

or

mental

multitude

worry,

of
a

little

highly

nature.

mountains,

recommend

if

line

the

on

XVII.).

running

with

directions,

troubled

the

falling

if

intellect.

{c-c, Plate
of

XIV.)

affection

of

of

hair-lines

is covered

in

weak

power

it, sometimes

hand

failure

the

those

is

weakness

its

denote

fate

of

changeability

and

ideas,

denote

point.

weakens

line, sometimes
chained

of

line

warmth

particular

formation

wavy

Capillary

lines

forms

XIV.)

denote

marriage

and

weakness

denotes

of

the
of

formation

Breaks

the

it is

XYI.)

opposite.

that

at

want

it

weakness

Plate

(a-a,

descending

success

XVI.),

chained

heart

which

of

it denotes

line

any

vigor

the

made
A

("-", Plate

tassel

line

any

of

indicate

point

On

from

commencement

descending,

the

in

where

life,

branches

all

but
the

this

at

to

of

rising

considering

when

ends

Hand.

the

of

qualities.

nerve

At

line

the

Branches

strength,

line

destruction

and

weakness
at

the

however,

When,

Language

their

so

do
close

these

little

consideration.

points

make

this

^*

"/(

/(v.SteA'
^;.(,A.-"v.'iw^,o^'vAv"\bVA Vxiij'i

iv.,^/w^y^v

,0

(*;o,^/v.^^ Ad

Plate

XV."

SIGNS

FOUND

IN

THE

HAND.

Clieird's

78

advice,

My
and

what

see

upon

It

is

subject
alike.

very

careful

to

hardly

that

follow

has

The

the

the

is,
had

examination

when

in

his

the

lines

marked

method

conducted

details

of

work

in

and

this

way.

your

be,

again,

amination
ex-

depend

shown

than

can

past

both

life,

so

change
general
hands

with

person

brought

more

change

The

by
the

be

lines

some

perceptible.

subject's

ideas,

the

people

hands;

is

life

to

as

Some

barely

eventful

will

have

people

both

is

them,

by

reason

what

versa.

on

examine

hand.

right

difference

interesting,

more

interesting

more

changes

that

are

in

side;

the

forecasting

vice

alike

by

find

is;

left-handed

and

hand,
lines

difference

the

that

note

left

two

side

it

in

and,

in

Hand.

hands

what

see

lines

to

the

on

that

slightly

rule

of

interesting

very

completely
so

or

been,

the

of

both

place

change

that

development

marked

clearly

has

nature

this

for

the

is:

therefore,
the

Language

and

to

the

both

the

even

light

by

MODIFICATIONS

OF

PRINCIPAL

THE

Plate

XVI.

LINES.

CHAPTER

know

we

OF

LINE

THE

What

V.

as

little

glimpse,

by

the

immeasured

vista,

existence,

haven

amid

space

is but

life

waiting-place,

LIFE.

of

sea,

distance,

that

life

be.

tc

Cheiro.

As

I remarked

world's
to

recognized

the
line

tne

lines

of

health

to

this

do

there

by

lurks

have

can

affects

the

the

must

that

be

will, therefore,
between

known
be

touching
soul

the

two,

by
as

in

the

has

the

on

life,

all

of

disease

its

stages

brain

already
79

if

on

the
been

but

active
or

of
hand

weak

the

demonstrated.

the

we

do
also

must

we

in

and

they
of

as

"

point

through

presence

body

brain,

advance

fore,
there-

and

acknowledge

we

person

its

nerves,
in

little

Who,

by

germ

power

ability

every

fatal.

tion
rela-

one's

of

body

the

if the

the

to

than

presence

and

passive

germ

brain

registered
the

the

of

affects

life,

in

not

death;

prove

this

that

turn

spirit

or

slightest
to

its

in

day

some

the

of

istics
character-

object

reasonable
in

also

Thus,

why

or

so

line

abnormal

disease

that

the

the

came

etc.,

eyes,

for

of

there

as

possesses.

lightly

more

deny

nose,

that

subject

period

man,

position
hand

predict

will

that

temperament,

is admitted

to

mysteries
the

the

all,is

that

which

without

unexplained

acknowledge

It

tendency

omnipotent

that

the

reasonable

to

after

was

for

natural

this

ability

presumption

Again,

all-knowing,
"

his

nerve-fluid,

hand!

the

face

regards

as

in

subject,

only

consider

study.

the

the

on

so

nothing,

or

germ

mankind

mark

if

who
in

careful

of

it is
and

People

that

study

other

every

palmist

this

recognized

coursts

show

will

thought

be

expected;
1

the

to

given

be

to

are

of

greatest

to

abnormal

portion

position

came

a,nd

head,

take

to

the
natural

there

hand

earlier

an

when

history

be

on

in

the

attack,

the

tem
sysand

nection
nerve-con-

Thus,

by

the

Cheiro^s

80

development
that

to say

such

certain disease

of what

examination
The

important
The

is

will

we

such

proceed

now

and
to

an

the line of life.

as

embraces

death, and

and

Mount

the

the Mount

of Venus.

events

foreshadowed

and

deep, without

long, narrow,

be

Such

kind.

formation

(Fig. 10, Plate

sign of

sure

its

recovers

in the

illness ; but

bad

of

On

it is

the

by

other

irregularities,

promises long life,good

XIV.)

health,and
and

evenness

when

hands

on

soft hand.

also is

regained.

right,it threatens

it

some

death.
generallysignifies

branch

one

of little pieces

up

so
particularly

joined in the

in both

confirmed

made

or

continuity,health

and

left hand
if broken

decidedly

more

of Venus

pclmist able

illness with

cause

mind,

is the

verified.

broken

dangerous

mark

vitality.

the line

This

illness

of any

chain,it is

When

known

and

hand

the line is linked

When

in

arguments

become

life should

crosses

health,and

When

the

are

line of

breaks, or

lines

will

certain time

that

or

(Plate XIII.) is the line which, risingunder

down

time, also

marked

like

has

line of life

Jupiter,goes

at

these

Bearing

result.

of this line

nou-development

or

Language of the Hand.

turns

back

on

the Mount

(c-c,Plate XVII.).

When

the line starts

the side of the

hand,

the base

from

it denotes

that

of the Mount

of

Jupiter,instead

the earliest the life has

from

been

of
of

one

ambition.
When
iu

the line is chained

Jupiter,bad health

early life is foreshadowed.


When
and

reason

the line is

Plate

affects

self,and

that

of the

subject is extremely

the
more

less cautious

or

in

head, life is guided by


sensitive

about

enterprisesfor

thing
every-

self

{d-d^.

XVI.).

When

there is

subject is

energy

with

closelyconnected

but
intelligence,

which

the

under

at the commencement

and

When,

very

medium

and

hasty, and

not

between

space

free to

carry

out

his

the line of life and

plans

that

ideas; it

and

also

of

head,

denotes

go-ahead spirit{d-d,Plate XVII.).

however, the

confidence

When

more

space

is very

dash; it indicates
guided by

the lines of

wide, it is

that the

sign

of too

much

self-

subject is foolhardy,impulsive,,

reason.

life,
head, and

heart

are

all joine^ together at the

com-

The

{a-a^ Plate

mencement

the

subject, through

catastrophe.

indicates
and
a

on

other

line

shoots

the

to

flabby, soft hand, with


for

be logically and
the

denotes

and

reason

for

sloping

of

the

concerned, indicates
in

and

those

the

arising

will

out

for

of

sloping line

this statement

head

crossing

indolent

in this

as

the

to

the

change, but,

and

lazy

too

statement,

line

travel,

is found

the

will

be

will

be

on

restless

gratified
can

seen,

Mount

hand

it

of

Luna

soft

being

and

satisfy this craving by

to

showing

case

for

denotes

craving

one

XVIII.),

mark

again

the

case

This

the

such

it

head,

in this

craving

be

of

kind.

(/;-",Plate

When

and

hand,

life,a great desire

restless

line

the

of

center

of Luna

desire.

but

some

nature

Mount

that

easily reasoned

flabby, the subject


travel,

of

excitement,

restless

is

the

about

at

hand

intemperance

or

that

blindly into danger and

rushes

personal dangers

of the

base

satisfaction

nature, craving

in

sign, denoting

unfortunate

very

people.

firm, well-made

81

temperament

as

life divides

of

across

the ultimate

in vice

far

as

temperament,

perception, both

of

the

branch

mark,

with

dealings
When

defect

This

subject's want
from

XVIII.), it is
in

of Life.

Line

weak

the

nature,

is apparent.
^

When

little hair-lines

life,they

tell of weakness

They

very

are

breaking
All
and

often

lines that

found

at

rise from

from

dropping

loss

of

the

end

date

vitalityat the
of

line

the

the

dissipation

the

line of lite

clinging

or

when

marks

are

they

itself,thus

of vital power

the

to

of increased

appear.
the

denoting

{h-h, Plate

of

line

XVI.).

gains,

power,

successes.

If such

line ascend

XVIII.),

it will

the

of

line
of

sense

Saturn
wealth

If

denotes
If

denote

life.

and

the

Such

follow

in

rise
a

or

relates

by

side

of

Plate
(cZ-c?,

line

leave

leave

the

in business

or

resulting

step higher

Jupiter (c-c, Plate


the

at

successful

to

the

line of

of

line,

the

in

the

contrary, rise

fate, it denotes

from

it leaves

ambition

ihQ

on

date

the

subject's own

increase
energy

to

of
and

XVIII.).

the

line

according
line
or

the

Mount

the

more

If

else.

anything
the

into

run

position

mark

worldly things, but

distinction
it

toward
a

than

power
and

determination

success

and

of the life and

up

found

are

of

of life and
to

the

life

class

and

science, again

cross

in

to the

ascend

Mount

Sun, it

of the

of hand.
to

Mercury,

accordance

with

it
the

promises
class

great

of hand

Cheiro's

82

whether

"

reached

conic

the

on

For

instance, such

science

or

of

Hand.

the

of

it would

action

impulsive

the

by

in business

success

; and

discovery

or

conic.

spatulate, or

squai'O,

indicate

would

Language

the

on

foretell

such

the

on

square

spatulate, in invention
in

success

nature,

line

as

in

and

matters,

money

sudden

speculation

enterprise.

or

When

life in

his
be

life divides

lines, it is

the

between

of

line

the

from

great change

some

indication

an

difcerent

country

toward
that

the

end

the

subject will

of his

that

from

birth,or

of birth

place

wide

the

to

the

at

is shown

space

probably

most

least

that

will

there

of death

place

end

{a-a, Plate

XIX.).
island

An
island

lasts

of the

line

little line
A

of

the

life,otherwise

confounded

line
with

that

rise

that

all even,

influences

the

the

of

the

over

and

and

line

Mars, which

life

of

rises

of Venus.

{f-f,Plate
the

they

the

of

terminate

mark

of

of

line

of

itself,nor

rule

simplest

show

others

life

line

of

and

(^-/7,Plate

is,therefore, an

XIX.).

within

This

the

dant
atten-

with

those

mind

in

bear

the opposite
caused

obstacles

Where

important

is.

favorable

risingin

XVIL).

be

not

must

life indicate

that all those


worries

Mars,

to

when

preservation.
and

parallel to

Mount

but

XVIP),

interference

sudden

{d, Plate

of Mars

found

tion
preserva-

accident

the

on

The

life-line

indicates

from

and

the

subject's birth.

island, from

an

life,is

following the

lines

the

while

commencement

Mars, I shall speak later.

sjjringing from

catting

how

line

Plain

(Plate XIII.)

the

Mount

and

on

line

well-formed

opposition
end

found

thoee

upon

direction

lines

the

health

the

XIX.)

broken,

rises from

called
of

is

of

at

with

it surrounds

when

life-line

attendant

great

line, the

the

the

island

{c, Plate

square

loss

or

connected

running through

whenever

square,

Of
line

cutting

health

bad

illness

an

mystery

through

from

means

clearly formed

some

life-line

the

but

XIX.),

running

death,

when

death

of life

of life denotes

from

(5,Plate

line

The

line

the

on

by
these

point

in

this

study.
When

they

interference

of relatives

When

they

XVI.), they
and

the

cut

where

people

they

cut

of

life

generally

"

the

cross

denote

line

life-line
who

the

will

fate-line

only (g-g,
in the
and
oppose

the

Plate

home

life.

attack

the

us

point

in
of

the

XVII,), they denote

line

business

of
or

fate

(c-f, Plate

worldly

junction gives

the

ests,
inter-

date.

Cheiro's

84

to

at different intervals.

persecute her

is illustrative

of

the

fiery,passionate,animal
the

If,however,

who

man

strongly influence
If the
farther
the

that

When

at that

the

attendant

will be

"

the

will
of

out

the

these

of the person

injury at

line of heart
The

hand, that

woman's

that

and

more

her

life

she

will

that
lose

more

altogether (i-i,

thing
some-

"

point

life will

it touch

and

generally

runs

instrumentality of

through the

influences

from

the

be.

the

change

to

the

over

another

hate, and

the

that this

the fate,the head,


life,

line

But,

of

with

systems connected

before

as

or

the

is reasonable

to

life-line.

point

refer

remarked,

this

to

with

removed

farther

the

could

one

Hindus

are

palmistry.

relation

again

life,the

cross-lines,which

lines and

alone, then, it

will

cease

separation

joins a cross-line

predict marriages by considering the


We

renews

his influence

XIX.).

these

for all

but
life-line,

again.

altogether,total

lines

ray-lines lie

on

By this system

of

that

companionship.

attendant

those

volume

foundation

it
itself,

one

disgrace,and

the side of the

it will be renewed

fades

of such

whatever

the

lives will

easilyfill a

into

run

becomes

or

influencing the life will

person
that

by

out

influencing the

{e-e,Plate

farther

our

but

it,it foretells that

cause

island

an

life will

her

over

into

runs

line fades

result

of

one

with

affection

the

of life and

line

it indicates
life,

the

from

away

eventually drift

line of influence

the

When

can

will result.

particular point,

When

the

the

of
the

on

is connected

woman

will

influence

the

later,it tells that

itself

from

denoting

as

gentler nature, and

the

Venus, thus

ray-line,however,

scandalous

will

her,

retreats
point, in traveling with the life-line,

any

the

her, and

the

foretells

hand

hand

woman^s

XVI.).
When

death

by the side

rise

life has

her

of

whom

with

sympathy
Plate

into

Mount

with

person

on

him.

the

on

line

influences

who

man

{f-f Plate XVII.), it shows,

ray-line,rising at

in

the

ray-line should

enters

such

Again,

temperament.

travel by the side of it


the

of

nature

of the Hand.

Language

that

assume

which

when

we

these

the
lines

consider

student
bear

the

to

tion
ques-

marriage.

Another

interesting phase

of

this

subject is the

consideration

of

the

The

number

of these

the

of life

line

they

Such

have

may

of influence

important).

are

affection.

upon

people

less affected
When
Mount

those

by
the

line

of Venus

whom

of

life sweeps

greater

he

love

eyes

near

nature

dependent

in their

disposition

all.

redeems

indicates

those

only

that

the

On

the

individual

is

is associated.

far

into

out

it is in itself

scope,

indicate

passionate

of Venus

Mount

with

their

in

that

remembered

is called

what

85

lines

Numerous

liaisons, but

many

of Life.

(itbeing

are

hand, the full, smooth

other

the

of

sign

thus

hand,
good

the

allowing

physical strength

long life.

and

When,
is not
the

of the

For

in

most

relation

to

here

remark

lines

meet

when

the

indicated

squares,

will

will

the

the
to

the

devoted

of

The

health

Venus,

shorter

the

line

find

it is of

out

Such

the
the

regards
to

and

and

warn

these

will

death

the

be

province

the

of

that

subject

of

the
I

be

years

of

that

ter
Chap-

life-line.
of health

received

the

relation

that

however,

may,

in

the
of

germ

these

advance

by whatever
one

in

long.

life,where

of

it be

caused

indicated"

line

not

health,

with

and

the

has

detail.

though

even

term

broken

of

in

treated

equal strength

of

disease

many

uses

disease

is
of

which

system.

information
student
time

be

death,

of

of the

enemy
to

will

position

line

natural

explained

as

the

hitherto

the

death

otherwise

would

would

and

the

which

Catastrophes

points,
as

at

age

denotes

life that

which

consider

we

point

slope

point

surely

as

exact

merely

at certain

all,the

is

health-line,

etc., I refer
As

of

another

when

the

be

just

the

influences.

short

cut

head-line

When
one

line

accidental

death

life-line

to

addition

fully.
be

in the

life-line ends.

by

Mount

built.

well

so

This

may,

important

that,

then
In

hand

break

bear

study is

even

the

it deserves.

lines

these

the

to

always show

not

apart from

foretell

will

attention

more

and

this

life

of

instance,

Again,

physically

quite convinced.

am

lines

VII.,

body

close

life.

subject's

other

by

the

line of life does

the

place

it lies very

contrary,

or

the

shorter

takes

the

on

robust

so

That

is

lines

Line

and

subjects.

I
back
the

have
to

here

given

Chapter

calculation

concerning

III.,which
of

events,

treats
a

islands,
of

them

special chapter

CHAPTER

THE

The
inner
the

line

life
line

of

It

all

on

while

it

b]iug

all

his

hand

When

of

XX.),

every

kind,

through
that

in

such

break
recover,

that

indicate

through

or

side

the

by

lines

vital

known

of

the

as

of
robust

into

it

type

deal

play.

will

of
It

gives

be

tial
mar-

denotes

in

engaged
which

annoyance
is

of

excess

It also

strength.

individual

great

this

it denotes

always

will

excellent

an

is

this

line

terrible

robustness

very

out

to

tendency
of

the

the

Mount

toward

of

intemperance
and

nature,

{h-l,

Luna

of

the

for

craving

gives.
of

by

hand

the

line

of

Mars

the

side

of

line

giving
life

of

closeness
the

it

that

are

and

breaks,

broken

faint

is that

man

the

qualities

from

there

the

type

fighting

Mars

and

life-line
to

down

sweeps

those

inner

soldier.

generally

dangerous
A

it

other

it is

subject

shoots

it tells

The

be

or

Plate

here

will

branch

excitement

the

of
a

disposition,

to

and

to

the

as

earlier.

line

hands

and

from

way

the

known

Mars,

little

close

martial

the

every

of

fighting

of

spoke

broad

or

runs

quarrels,

in

characteristic

square

many

on

which

rather

nature,

Mount

MAES.

otherwise

is

XIII.)

the

on

OF

LINE

is distinct

life, but

general

health

(Plate

rises

lines, of

The

sign

Mars

line.

attendant

that

of

YI.

great

found

the

supports
to

such

death,

but

vitality given

86

the
line

the

and

long, narrowband,
life.

of

life-line, carrying

Its

it

istics
character-

past

any

nature.

beside

helped
by

on

fragile line

delicate,

vitality

with
to

is

the

by
line

it will

at

this

mark

of

Mars.

the
the

point

of

subject

the
will

MODIFICATIONS

OF

THE

Plate

PRINCIPAL

XVII.

LINES.

CHAPTER

VII.

THELINEOFHEAD,

"

To

know

And

is

use

That

the

at

And

"

brains

end

give

let

power"

our

we

tired

intent,

eyes

what

than

more

wise,

be

good

every

with

come

Nature

to

then

us

with

she

lent,
Cheiro.

The

line

subject

to

talent,

is of

extreme

the

various

of
head

on

on

and

proceed

The

with

the

in

will

on

have

is

of

Jupiter,
the

the

of

the

half
take

^"^^

that

the

sloping
of

importance

ities
peculiarline

of

sloping

characteristics

general

its

itself.

talent

instance,

the

in

temperament

line

this

for

; as,

three

different

points
the

of

commencement

the

XX.)

determination

of

and

from

"

line

of

first,

the

of

center

from

life, or

of
will

man

in

even

the

people

or

not

yet

daring

and

things,

of

in

it

have

ambition
to

seem

rule,

but

trol
con-

takes

he

designs;

is strong

life,

will

boundless

others,

most

line

subject

with

purpose,

his

Such

all.

control

the

touching

yet
of

powerful

most

caution

just

in

power.

variation
but

from

Such

management

administration
There

rises

his

of

of

eatality

u.

afterward.

{c-c^ Plate

head,

have

mind
not

the

with

the

to

to

life-line.

daring

will

is

the

the

quality

will, however,

from

reason.

he

them;
pride

and

energy,

combined

of

in

hand

rise

can

and

connection

variations

Jupiter

line

long

in
borne

We

within

from

Rising

talent,

head

weakness,

or

direction

be

conic

or

Jupiter,

Mars,

the

principally

relates

strength

types

consider

of

of

of

to

hand.

to

line

Mount

XIII.)

importance

square

Mount

is, if

(Plate

and

psychic

line

the

head

intellectual

"

relation
It

of
the

to

of
is

this

slightly

characteristics

of

which

is

separated
the

almost
from

first, but
87

with

equally
the

line
less

strong.
of

control

life.
and

again

This

Such

type

diplomacy.

Clieivd's

88

will be

He
a

find

would

man

his

greatest opportunity.

will

subject

the

wide,

in action.

decision,impetuous

in

hasty

of the Hand.

Language

be

As

leader

in

however, the

When,

foolhardy, egotistical,and

crisis such

is very

space

will

rush

blindly into

the

line

of

danger.

it

with

connected

down

themselves

Plate

is

XIX,),
the

of

indicates
in

inconstant

of

ideas

the

this

nature

; he

When

the

When

with

disagreeable trait

things
in

by the

than

more

the

sea

nervous

with

this mark

and

liue

the

side.
out-

thought,
than

are

gives his

with

his

bors
neigh-

less irritable.

are

follows:

as

practical common

and

sense

imagination.

purely practical;
of

way

conflict
or

of head

in

Mars

slightlj"sloping, it

first naif, then

common-sense

in

more

of the

those

with

side
in-

the

on

steadfast

more

(/-/,

the

on

inconstant

are

always

life-line

the

extreme

connection

it denotes

even,

purely imaginative and

level-headed,

going

work,

to

shows

balance

such

even

when

subject

will

dealing

imaginative things.
the

When

entire

line has

work, the quality


the

is

he

"

highly sensitive,nervous,

straight
the

between
have

individual, and

straight,clear,and

of material

love

more

extreme

is the

temperament,

such

generalities indicated

The

head-line

wide-spaced

of the

is also

people

Mars, within

of

action, the shifting sands

one

and

sign, it being the

fretful,worrying

an

clever

even

the Mount

favorable

the

sensitive

life, and

tightly.

such

as
life-line,

This

of caution

rising from

not

of

commencement

XVI.), indicates

excess

too

of head

line

The

the

{d-d^ Plate

; it denotes

temperament
rein

from

head

of

line

The

type

of

hand,

When

very

When

sloping, and

either

hand

with

terminating
the

extremely long

and

(the percussion),

imagination

it

power,

fine

denoting,

fork

in

inative
imagwith

accordance

mechanical

the

on

toward

leaning

idealism, imaginative work,

of

ordinary intellectual

such

music, painting, literatui'e,or

sloping, romance,

promises literary talent


When

of

is

slight slope, there

invention.

Bohemianism.

and
Mount

of

Luna,

imaginative order.
straight, and

usually denotes
but

is inclined

going directly to
that
to

the
be

the

subject

has

in

the

selfish

side

of the
than

more

use

of

that

power.

When

this

Ime

lies

it

straight across

the

hand

and

slightly curves

upward

Cheiro^s

90

for

power

accident

fatal

line

if the
If

is

does

the

human

Hand.

and

nature,

generally

will

great

of

that

the

line

of

accident

from

to

into

runs

or

all

in

or

never

foretells

some

through

star

things

of

clearly

Mount

attempted.
from

the

not

it

square,

subject's

the

on

fascination,
a

defined,

recover.

into

upward

matter

the

by

When

runs

branch

be

violence

or

will

success

will

head

it

hands,

XVII.).

person

hair-lines

little

both

on

Plate

offshoot

an

affections

the

heart,

When

of

number

the

wonderful

of

sign

(j,

farther,
sends

two

head.

weakness

of

head

in

broken

the

to

extend

of

it is

When

is

head

sign

not

line

Jupiter,

of

violence

or

island

An

of

line

the

When

to

with

toying

the

of

determination.

and

of

and

playing

Language

own

line
of

of

love.

indicates

vation
preser-

and

courage

head

presence

mmd.
there

When

when

beneficial

is
and

is

not

self-confidence,

Plate

with

people
inclined

such
be

to

extremely

wide

too

is

when

of

useful

mark

wide,

it

the

line

sign

would

hasty,

too

dO

line

of

and

action
for
well

and

foolhardiness,

and

sleep

actors,
on

that

denotes

their

of

preachers,

energy

When

this

excessive

(f-f,
etc.,

decisions

it

life,

thought

"

impatient.

assurance,

of

splendid

readiness

barristers,
to

head

it

medium,

self-confident,

denotes

the

between

promptness

This

XXI.).

found

space

they

but

are

is

space

effrontery,

and

self-confidence.
When
that

Such

thing

of

life,

and

individuals
will

wound

low

of
down

suffer
and

head,
in

greatly
grieve

the

on

the

hand,

from

them.

contrary,
there

extreme

is
is

very
utter

tightly
want

sensitiveness,

connected

of

with

self-confidence.
and

the

slightest

VIII.

CHAPTER

THE

The

point

line

of

it is found

to

head

than

important
These

is

of

the

brain

development,

follows

that

at

in

heavy;

will

show

line

but
nature

alter

that

remarkable

most

be

of

twenty

the

entire

there

life

of

thirty

it affect

the

thought

the

be

may
at

of

and

nerves

or

action

or

the

itself.

It

change
thus

the

is indicated

dencies
ten-

of

of

that

as

various

process

commencement

but

the

life

to

characteristics.

that

through

evolutions

the

to

must

change

point

relate

assume,

natural

theory

more

are

it.

to

its

the

by

working

similar

so

for

accounted
their

beyond

artistic,

an

nature

with

which

on

on

the

to

reasonable

and

hand

imaginative

accordance

more

of

type

contrary

in

outside

the

type,

signs

therefore

brain

brain,

the

with

the

the

country,

our

and

this

slow

therefor"
a

ment
develop-

has

already

hand.

Thus

before

years

it

place.
Starting

in

age

toward

tendency

takes

the

is

reach

and

commenced

TYPES.

with

with

practical

on

indicated

it

might

may

SEVEN

THE

connection

accordance

follows

growth

which

in

practical

of

the

TO

in

observed

usually

peculiarities,

divergence

RELATION

IN

characteristics

development

Such

be

therefore

It

on.

HEAD

namelj^,

"

the

rules

follows

as

The

so

OF

general

are

and

LINE

of

head

tendency,

that

among

This
is

so

savage

toward

accounts

at

for

found

91

it

will

with

variance
the

to

be

For

fear

the

of

show
the

it found

to

straight,

short,
unusual

any

subject.

Luna

among

tribes.

would

type
of

such

in

approach

nearest

development

completely

often

such

on

downward

dropping

influences.

dread

particularly

the

characteristics

superstitious
it

head-line

natural

consequently
unusual

hand,

elementary

extent

instance,

imaginative

an

brutal

the

unknown,

lower

class

such

and

the
of

animal

stitious
super-

humanity,

92

Cheiro^s

THE

The

hand

such

to

line

The

characteristics

shows

even

greater slope of
in

class

the

with

hand

imaginative

The

this type
this

the

of

THE

LINE

The

start

pursuit
ideas

to

philosophic

hand

but
life.

long, closely connected

sloping.

The

things

keeping with

that

opposite

the

but

with

nature,

than

the

The

square
for

inspirational

purely
in the

far

difference

practical foundation

be

est
slight-

the

to

temperament.

THE

TO

of

hands

and

writers,

the

but

when

not

unnatural

When,

IN

the

others
for

get scope
will

RELATION

of

TO

be

THE

the

opposite

The

natural

with

type,

the
or

and

rather

position
line
the

of

fulfilment, and,

man

eccentric
for the

with

such

are

the

of

type,

that
far

as

low
the

on

hand

as

restless,irritable,and

the

the

satisfied.
dis-

HAND.

PHILOSOPHIC

life,set

head

in check

much

(Part I.,Chapter V.) is thoughtful,

imaginative

of

line

characteristics

all these

so

action,invention,

therefore,on

straight,the

lying

nature

hand

is the

is that

result

HAND.

SPATULATE

position for

natural

slightlysloping.

concerned, the

HEAD

every-day

follows

noticeable

KELATION

originality. The

wisdom,

of

would

extremely

in

long,

psychic,

or

(Part I.,Chapter IV.)

OF

of

conic

other

IN

imagination will
is

and

direct

difference

would

is

HEAD

long, clear,and

temperament

is

subject's practical ideas will keep

plans

or

etc.

strengthened;

or

the

the

sloping is accentuated,

doubled
the

is

and

all

imaginative faculties

of the

on

head-line

difference

spatulate hand

independence,

be

whereas

OF

LINE

line

same

sloping

the

sloping,being

would

painters, musicians,

THE

science, and

reason,

It therefore

itself.

development

the

This

HAND.

SQUAKE

straight

is

type

hand

this line

work,

imaginative.

THE

is the useful
(Part I.,Chapter III.),

logic, method,

such

on

of work
the

TO

matters.

greater

stated

with

of the

of

KELATION

IN

I have

as

of head

appearance

HEAD

it deals

appertaining

OF

hand,

square

practical

the

LINE

of the Hand.

Language

in the

earnest

on

the

application

line of head
down

in

this

on

the

straight line

of

type

hand, and
of

head

on

The
the

Line

in Relation

of Head

philosophichand, the line

and cynical;he will


analytical,

fancies,and

foibles ; he

unreal,to laugh

the

will ;

will stand

in the face of the

of

is the hand

such

of

In this type the

This

is the

these

worshipers of

HEAD

the

beautiful

of the

square

the

The

and

brings; he

Why

publicwants,

The natural

giving

CONIC

the

gives

the

to

the

LINE

OF

will

of it.
to

leaning

love of

paint ten

"

IN

positionfor the

so

the

will be the

RELATION

TO

on

THE

it

will sell them.

he will know

sense

money

slopinghead-line

and,furthermore,he

line of head

visionary,dreamy

for the

what

luxury by strength of

with

man

of his artistic

use

as

and

result

feel
intuitively

much

so

the

the line of

remarkable

very

will

Sun;

often without

are

every

; he

ease

the

of the

children

However, when

make

art

; where

demand,

HEAD

ually
grad-

the middle

find the greatest

we

nature, a

for

care

the natural

is the

is that which

of Bohemianism

luxurious

practicaldirection

will

artistic,
impulsive

freedom

it is that

hand

determination

as

philosophy

HAND.

Luna, generallyto

through his practicalbusiness

and

THE

all the

such
a

picturehe

Because

disarms

the line of head

with such

; he will not

and

paintone
?

in

will conquer

sense

would

of

indeed

are

subjectwith

public demands

common

THE

appreciationfor the things of art, but

but
talents,

nothing, neither

of sentiment.

; here

in combination
straight,

follows.

sneer

in oppositionto the practical


ideality,
qualities

and

These

type.

fads,

or
iaiaginative
practicalat

give expressionto their artintic ideas.

to

is

Mount

to the

sentiment,romance,
keen

TO

positionfor

and
characteristic,

most

EEFEEENCE

ideas, the lovers

toward

they have

IN

natural

slopesdownward

ideas

will fear

(Part I.,Chapter VI.)belongs

children

nature, the

mystic,to

of

Carlyle.

OF

conic hand

The

LINE

THE

head

be

their

expose

of the

genius that discredits genius,a philosopherthat

power

is critical,
straight,

to
failings,

real; he
can

93

the study
particularly

border-land

the

on

and

Type^i.

and

and

wisdom,

pursue

things material; he

nor
things spiritual

"

the hand

on

fellow-men,only to analyze their faults

his

at

high

set

to the Seven

what

the

supply,

PSYCHIC

this hand

qualitiesin accordance

HAND.

is

extremely sloping,

with

this type.

It

Cheiro's

is

the

of

one

Such

sloping.
entire

would

to

By

the

possesses.

head-line

of

of

to

practical

illustrations

in

are

to

and

tact

greatest

be

have

will

his

exercise

strongest

still

being

very
the

This

practical.
material

very

hand,

circumstances

more

never

good

very

talents,

yet

chance,
in

even

to

encouragement

ness-like,
busi-

or

as

it

art

induce

him

use.

the

student

with

accordance

more

can

left

of

become

such

on

the

pressure

has

subject

head

of

hand,

the

by

head,

Hand.

line

right

and

the

art

straight

that

change

line

straight

more

talents

such

the

of

the

on

opportunity

modification

other

of

his

denotes

matters

the

require
turn

the

have

would

generally

undergone

in

but

he

with

even

is

find

to

formation

has

nature

type,

it

found

when

but

things

rarest

Language

important

will

the

than

understand

type

any

of

how

hand.

other

The

marks

make

to

every

modificatums^
that

the

hand

CHAPTER

INSANITY

There

is

really

insanity,

whether

of

forms

which

in

this

It must

This

will

on

balance,
The
of

insanity

will

XXV.).

tendency,
loses

denote
Such

his

without

even

her

or

line

of

temporary
The

of

developed

thumb,

filled

with
I have

phases

of

but

insanity
hand

series
further

insanity

and
of

this

head,

gloomy,

When

the

may

grow

it

sanity
that

with

brain

is abnormal.

be

the

on

unnatural.
and

line

sophic,
philoof

head,

to

up

ideas, but

of

hood
man-

surely

as

thrown

unusually

an

from

nature

morose,

off

high
the

its

the

Mount
start

very

melancholy,

and
until

increases

line

and

subject

this

completely

islands,

shown

like

these

by

the

in

indicates

the

of

center

ing
slop-

brain-illness

some

or

brain-fever.

idiot
of

island

narrow

generally
upon

congenital
for

by

mark

illustrated
as

and

spatulate,

types.

will

normal

point

is abnormal

imaginative

is shown

consequent

the

the

balance.

insanity
head,

of

generally

cause,

mental

Temporary

line

is

subject

into

result.

morbidly

multitude

entered

abnormal

an

square,

and

be

beyond

point,

surely

so

the

of

to

subject

clearness

the

be

sinks

unnatural

The

cannot

is

that

psychic

or

comes,

development

same

Saturn,

(Plate

will

head

than

plainly

more

general.

most

elementary,

this

perfect

strain

or

the

conic

the

reaches

with

shock
and

to

hand,

womanhood

mental

relation

child's

or

as

in

the

the

of

in

denotes

heading

point

of

imagination

important

more

than
even

the

this

any

line

the

therefore,

Luna,
be

that

mind

HEAD,

by circumstances.

show

to

OF

hand

on

under

gathered

in

borne

brought

or

LINE

the

which

endeavor

I will

When,
Mount

be

THE

BY

tendency

no

could

be

of

SHOWN

hereditary

but

work,

AS

IX.

is

head

remarkable

sloping

for
and

its very

made

up

small, badly
of

broad

lines

chain.

remarks
hand.
95

in Part

III., Chapter

V.,

on

various

Clieird's

96

PROPENSITIES

MURDEROUS

The

passion

or

in

point

working

the

is

nature

hand

in the

except^is
sensitive

very

which

at

age

HEAD.

OF

killing another
the

by

LINE

THE

man

one

shown

not

exist,the

crime

for

as

BY

deeply affected

it has

when

only

propensities

such

murder,

self-defense,is

in

or

then

and

of

act

mere

SHOWN

AS

Hand.

the

of

Language

decidedly shown,

active

their

will

if

; but

nature

as

past-event,

reach

will

they

of

heat

proceed

to

demonstrate.

in

abnormal

and

by

self-murder.

to

rising line

the

is

by

In
rises

such

the

provocation

or

such

they

the

will

cause

the

Sun,

five;
of

the

Saturn,

under

the

and

hand,

of

certain

under

is
sanity,
in-

as

conditions
denoted

characteristics

The

indicated

on.

and

the

by

line
murder

goes

one

is
far

one

their

to

been

amply

in

If

is

the
the

that,

of

Mount

once

these

head

twenty-five;

most

with

the

Sun,

interesting points
the

line

of

question.

they stop
the

head

lX,

slightest
ble
terri-

and

this

is

point

propensities

and

between

and
passes

the

strange

when
the

under

connection

advance

subject.
he

crime

and

hand

even

is not

gratify these

will

in

years

the

prove

and

scope,

the

on

sometimes

for

purpose,

and

must

of

has

place

twenty

or

tendencies

of

before

occur

greater

and

crime, particularly if

life of

of head

line

of matter;

This

heart, and

of

abnormal

of

has

its proper

leaves

the

predicts

that

desires.

lived

the

propensities (Plate XXIV.).

head

thirty-five; under
This

his

that

and

of matter

extraordinary thing

also

it will

in

stated

of mind

world

have

people

have

destruction

before
so

of

temptation they

line

same

who

accomplishment

propensities.
that

line

that

"

the

in their

possession

is that

in

those

the

Whether

point

nothing

of head

line

result,such

abnormalities

the

previously

animal

and

murderous

takes
it.

beyond

brutal

cas^s

then

hand,

of

I have

hemispheres

two

hands

been

and

The

which

the

the

are

abnormal

are

consider

now

that

the

on

more

the

have

they

into

high

subject

proved

will

remembered

hand

the

if it be

that

characteristics

melancholy,

extreme

We

that, when

remarks

of head.

It will be
divides

foregoing

These, however,

falling line.

the

the

direction,abnormal

one

morbidness,
lead

in

explained

I have

heart

meet

Saturn
before
in

the

goes

and

fortystudy
over

or

CHAPTER

THE

X.

LINE

Keep
.

ask

for

peace,

Nor

ask

for

love,

But

be

And

content

when

care

joy,

nor

will

heart,
suit

may

nor

best,

betide,

thee

bring

thee

rest.

even

whate'er

love,

to

love

maybe

still,my

Nor

HEAET.

OF

Love's

to

side.
Cheiro.

The

Love,

the

or

hand.

The

line

Jupiter,
Mount

"

such

of

Next
the

that

worships.

and

love

and

the

the

of

study

causes,

plays

in

nature

the

mensal

of

the

one

so

hand.
of

the

in

the

(Plate XIII.), is.that

hand

the

at

follows

well

and

clear,

deep,
as

as

the

of

base

the

Mercury.

the

It

colored.

middle

fingers, and

second

the

will

can

Alas

it

with

see

no

! such

the

worship

of

the

from

the

Plate

XX.),

the

the

choice

shall

faults,
people

rising

rise

may

of

Mount
of

center

the

are

from

the

in

the
that

sufferers
98

Mount
the

denotes

enthusiast,

the

ideal.

and

great, noble,

man

he

is

as

famous

have

will

the

gives

affections

his

in
be

heart's

it

far

less

Saturn.

This

failings

no

the

station, and

his

from

XX.).

blind

of

reliable

line

line

{d-d,

and

beneath

the

(e-e, Plate

gives

Jupiter

his

marry

consider

itself
;

of

woman

man

and

of

firm, strong,

never

the

center

pride

is

would

finger

he

the

the

that

than
we

from

formation

qualities
pride

be

positions,
first

life, and

portion

Sun,

should

natural

called

upper

the

"

man

love-affairs

from

rises

ambitious
a

of

in

Saturn.

type

such

heart

from

sexes

otherwise

Saturn,

line

important

an

drama

the

the

the

it

highest

the

heart,

important

When

with

of

between
of

in

across

Jupiter,

three

from

of

runs

of

naturally
of

parts

line

which

is

attraction

The

Mounts

well

heart

prominent

most

line

of

line

being
in

the

of

excess

so

man

Jupiter,

of

carried

whom
world

he

all
away
so

of

the

even

going
fore-

by

his

devotedly
affection

MODIFICATIONS

OF, THE

Plate

PRINCIPAL

XVl^.

LINES.

The

their

when

great that
he

idols

they rarely if
is

remarked,

they worshiped

had

though

women

be

human

they

are

that

they

so

high

of

companion

deeper

Saturn.

in

passion

line

with

vising very

extremely
When

hand

of heart

{f-f,Plate

rising

is

from

The

often

in their

the

sensual

sensual

people

calm

individuals

seem

ardor

passionate

subject
selfish

less

than

or

have

will

in

more

satisfying his

demonstrative

is the

as

kind

same

any

the

of

selfish

Such

others.

namely, lying right

across

"

It

case

very

are

of line

in this

are

to

given by

finger of Saturn.

very

but

passions.

the

of this

and

passionate

the

expressive

from

them

Such

excess

being

place is by thy side,the

XX.).

or

and

then, place

fingers gives

and

that,

see

human,

Why,

idol

the

thou

second

more

so

but

it must

shock,

wilt

so

thy faults.

Saturn,

be

never

mount,

that very

from

will

Jupiter.

the

on

is

they

so.

line

side

heart

of

excess

jealousy

; this

outside

the

rising to

is itself in

side, an

to

toward

tendency

Their

more^subdued

life he

more

the

from

and

attachments,

generally admitted
are

fall ?

first and

love

heart

of

line

far

divine.

pride is

fact that

mere

are

were

they

sister part of all

the

and

high

subject is

the

of

quieter

home

the

if

the

! when

perfect ; they

not

likelyto

more

the

to

worshiper

idealitygiven by Jupiter

the

affections; in
those

the

matters

They

his

Poor

fittingthan

are

are

in

be

than

pride

their

to

its effects ; but

from

clay.

they

pure,

more

the

With

of

99

sometimes, the shock

own

rising between

nature

between

rest

their

feet

of Heart.

recover

thy humanity,

line

The

ever

to

more

will

idols

fall,as

Line

of

excess,

is the

affection

of
is still

accentuated

more

and

the hand

reaching

result,and
by
the

base

terrible

very

the

long

line

the

first

of

finger.
When
into

it,it

affection
A
for

will

the

the

line of

tells of

is much

heart

fretted

by

series
a
inconstancy, flirtations,

crowd
of

of little lines

amourettes, but

no

rising
lasting

(Plate XX.).

line

of heart

Saturn, chained

from

subject'sopposite

When

the

When

pale

When

low

of heart

is

and

broad,

the

always interfere

on

the

with

broad, gives

an

utter

contempt

sex.

line

down

and

bright red, it

subject is Uase

hand

the

denotes

and

affairs

thus
of the

and

close

head.

great violence

of

passion.

indifferent.

to the

line of

head, the heart

Cheiro's

100

When,

it hes

however,

of

head

being

completely

rule

the

line

the

high

the

on

close,the

too

of the Hand.

Lanqiiage

affections

it

the

is the

reverse

that

and

hand,

gives

and

case,
cold

hard,

is narrowed

space

head

the

by
will

and

envious

nature,

so

uncharitable.
in

Breaks
about

brought

the

high

and

Saturn,

under

Mercury,

line

of

heart

it is

XVI.),

with

commences

small

of

unfailing sign

an

fork

the

on

true, honest

Mount

of

and

nature

in love.
remarkable

very

low

or

Sun, through pride

the

under

"

caprice.

Jupiter {j-j\ Plate


enthusiasm

affection

in

disappointment

under

by fatality;

through folly and


When

line tell of

the

the

on

hand.

notice

is to

point

whether

first is the

The

line of heart

the

it shows

best, because

commence

the

happiest

nature.

The

line
of

sign

sure

When
other

lying

line
the

good

that

very

uncertain

branch

one

one

in

disposition,and

that

one

line is

the

and

inclined

of

the

fork

so

denotes

then

make

is

the

marital

in affection.

and

branches

life.

happy, tranquil

to

is

Jupiter, the

on

Saturn, it

on

is not

of the

when

but

of

head

thin, it

tells of

coldness

of

of affection.

want

When

quite bare

resting
sign

affection

Jupiter, the other

on

line of

early portion

branch

fingers,it is

second

happiness

rests

the

during

with

the

toward

happy, through its erratic temperament

When
heart

and

down

droops

forks,

fii:st and

fortune,

wide

relations

heart

of

it

in affections

unhappiness

the

between

nature,

that

low

so

bare

thin

and

toward

the

percussion

side

or

of the

hand,

it denotes

sterility.
lines

Fine
those
or

influence

who

the

to

up

thoughts

our

denote

uncrossed

if the

line

of

heart

in affairs

affection

has

the

from

of the

brought

line

heart, and
trouble

or

of

head

denote

by being crossed
has

been

smooth

fortunate.

and

When
is

rising

the

evil

an

nothing
A

to

sign

; in

obtain

subject

feeling very

lines

with

of

heart,

head

all matters
his
no

or

her

of

life

affection

are

such

joined together, it

much

very
a

subject would

stick

at

desires.

line of

deep affection.

and

heart, or

Such

with

person

very

can,

little,has

however,

be

not

very

the

power

of

sensual, par-

The

ticularly

if

the

less

subject

is

hand
he

On

soft.
be

not

may

"

Line

of

bard

sensual,

Heart.

101

such

hand

but

he

will

mark

never

will
feel

affect

the

deep

very

affection.

When,
that

the

has

become

the

however,
subject
cold,

has

had

heartless,

has

line
such
and

been

terrible
indifferent.

there,

but

disappointments

has

faded

in

out,
affection

it

is

that

sign
he

CHAPTER

THE

LINE

OF

And
.

doing

No

earthly

in

is

is true,

end

the

So

shall

Notes

all

be

all

in

share
the

e'en

the
for

such

"

Soul

All-conscious
fall.

feeble

sparrow's
And

the

great.

whole

all

of

success

and

the

to

as

accord

in

high,

and

part

reward

should

caring
but

good

for

just

not

theirs,

"

shall

things

have

right,
be

what

all

may

crown

the

So

is fate

shapes

men

what

With
And

that

that

thus,

For

what

FATE.

law

perfect

And

XI.

is fate.

Cheiro.

The

line

for

the

on

and

hands,
as

to

type

square

tiie

has

without

hand

long

naturally
that
whereas

line

in

as

in

worldly

this

the

on

one

conic

quarter

hand.

plays

than

the

line

on

psychic

the

102

with

keeping

of

fate

great

hand
success,

means

of

give

the

small

sees,

hand,
line

I
it

am

means

of

and

nothing,

line

shown

the
sees

success

and

of

one

map

fame,

on

sorry

is

student
and

fortune

one

similar

bewildered

The

the

latter

conic

point,

simply

to

part;
marked

the
if

on

of

the

or

philosophic,

writers, though

square

importance

the

This

is useless

sign

Lands,

is less

consequently

line

other

of

destiny,

important

importance

point.

of

an

on

in

more

them;

by
It

the

the

is concerned.

this

or

line

hand

strong

study.

small

are

on

half

the

successful

most

lines

success

as

of

spatulate,

overlooked

marked

not

the

not

of

that

the

of

palm

type

very

has

explaining

fate

the

important

clearly

one

it has

it

completely

concludes

long

the

apparently

an

far

as

line

upright

less

that

been

on

and

These

significant

most

this

will,

line

Qven

square,

therefore

are

this

fate,

the

remember

must

say,

of

psychic.

often

one

one

the

or

of

line

elementary,

conic,

upright

center

the

called

(Plate XIII.), otherwise

consideration

instance,
the

fate

is the

Saturnian,
In

of

and

fortune,
on

the

Cheird's

104

If the
than

other

of

the

Mount

of

direction, according
If the

line

distinction

and

through their

power

will

people

enormous

of

born

should

the

at

shows

particular

of

Jupiter,
It also

than

higher

unusual

relates

their

to

fellows

determination.

and

throw

than

more

Mount

up

point

any

success

hand

mount.

the

climb

to

in that

subject's life.

ambition,

energy,
fate

of

center

the

of

portion

or

great

of the

into

come

are

Jupiter, it

namely, toward

the

to

mount

any

it foretells

characteristics

ascend

line

If the

to

to

go

Saturn,

the

of fate

Such

character.

should

itself

fate

line

of the Hand.

Language

usual

in that

branch

that

at

success

direction,
particular

stage of life.
If

Jupiter,

the

be

When

'

will

and

most

the

line

very

of fate

If the
then

the

far

reaching

toward

ing
satisfy-

day

some

and

attack

will

blunder

or

of

rise until

troubled

late

success

and

heart,
the

joins
his

have

success

line

her

or

of

est
high-

XIX.).

be

will

success

^y^
Plain

in the

if it goes

from

comes

it

of

head.

over

once

line

that

foretells

the

life ; but
and

Plate
{li-li,

head, it

of

an

commander.
the

by

such

it

dividual
in-

wishes

his

beyond

however,

when,

affections

instance, if

go

their

finger of Saturn,

on

of

it denotes

Mars,

well

up

the

first half

the

subject's own

the

hand,

all

life all the

of the

energy,

severance,
per-

determination.

line

of fate
will

success

the

not

Such

into

Jupiter, the subject

surmounted,

smooth.
and

and

go

For

abruptly stopped

line

does

it will

far.

too

will

turn

ascend

the

that

palm, cutting

affections

stupidity

some

line

by

difficult,
hard,

will be

is

the

through

difficulties will be
rest

fate

end

will go

everything

of

stopped
by

the

beyond

probably

the

and

mount

own

subject.

gratifiedthrough

When

If the
a

of such

they together

thwarted

great in

so

runs

will

ambition

by crossing its

leader, his subjects

ruined

be

heart

line

and

power,

be

good sign, as

terminate

ambition

the

When
is not

will

success

even

fate

of

line

the

be

rise from
late

won

the
in

line

of

life,after

that

head, and
a

hard

marked,

line be well

struggle

and

through

the

subject's talents.
When

struggle
When

it rises
success

the

from

will
line

be

the

line

of heart

extremely

late in

life,after

difficult

won.

rises with

one

branch

from

the

base

of

Luna,

the

other

The

from

Venus,

hand

and

the

love

When

but

success

if

second

the

{aA

double

different
A

of

home

life

if
if

(c?,Plate
and

in

in

not

smiles

and

begin
if

XXI.).

be

uncertain

of

sign

sure

before

the

the

and

ups

misfortune

other
will

in

the

way

loss

ana

leaves

it

decided
wishes

own

one

shadow.

very

excellent

an

This

case

It

sign.
is much

more

the

subject

of

think

we

off, it

notes
de-

change

mean

of

position

denotes

and

distinct

two
if

important

tears

fate

is

which

sign

vegetable

they

go

we

comprise

must

the

of

call

also
sum

the

the
line

that

at

fate

are

They

existence.

them

for

happy,

feel

the

total

of

of

reverse.

our

lives.

from

the

accident

and

eat, drink,
cannot

Sunshine

but

adversity
from

Luna,

influence,

Plate

very

they

to

square,

influence

(c,

often

the

in

relation

the

as

by
date

line

in

loss,

caused

life
of

rules

line

through

Luna.

misfortune,

with

the

life

of

same

misfortune

kind

really

can

of

of

Mount

the

mark

affects
of

the

next

loss

accident
line

the

next

marked
and

from

danger

from

touching

square

follows

and

loss

any

happiness

fate-line

trouble

means

fate-line

the

the

of

protects

foretells

is sometimes

without

fate
matters.

of

of

line

It

more

feel

side

otherwise,

or

to

the

of

XXI.)

side

sign

People

and

the

is

marriage

do

the

on

such

lead

line

follow.

financial

or

XXL).

they

it is

is

will

line

(", Plate
on

cross

island

an

line,

subject's

fate-line

the

on

Mars

travel

and

the

on

XXL).

subject

business,

Plain

the

will

career

life, and

Plate

(m-m,

light

imagination

mounts.

square

money,

the

in

sister

the

of

the

of

with

or

which

careers

in

change

Plate

a,

full

break

accordance

success

irregular,
failure

the

105

between

sway

other

the

on

portion

complete

in

more

in

is

there

will

destiny

passion
and
and

When

to

and

broken
of

downs

subject's

of Fate.

Line

be

it

XXL).

successful,
and

sleep,

but
but

feel

acutely,

and

shadow,

CHAPTER

THE

LINE

And

there

are

And

some

in

And

some

who,

can't

By

burning

And

those

Oft

and

have

gaining

its

who

wealth,

peace,

in

success

health,

itself

consumes

sun

children

in

decrease.

feeble

more

the

crave

their

their

the

lap

in

success

again

things

all"

in

SUN.

some

other

have

crush

OF

who

some

war,

See
Man

XII.

stars,

Hindu

idol's

'neath

their

part

gilded

cars.

Cheiro.

line

The
of

brilliancy,

with

the

the

of

fate,

it

the

unless

the

of

from

life

good,

will
it

art

sun

the

Mars,

the

without

of

line

head,
of

success

the

the

It

the
in

of

the

Apollo,

be

mean

lieavily

more

much

as

in

given

line

considered

fate, be

it will

rule

same

as

reference

to

the

the

of
line

of

life, the

heart.

the

rest

of

of

the

106

given

life

when

lines

of

keenly

the

more

is

it
the

in

hand;

alive

subject

by

to

will

the
have

expression.

of

artistic

is

out,

line

worship

other

that

is

name

success

the

to

this

bears

power

the

the

increases

by

this

as

sun,

distinction

hand

life, with
to

of

not

liij.e of

given

from
or

line

and

temperament

the

rise

devoted

promises

to

line

instance,

The

and

career

of

rest

may
line

be

and

the

this.

this

fame

the

psychic,

meaning.

relates
the

of

in

work

for

and

to

call

to

gives

merely

line

applies

clear
and

it lies

called

like

spatulate.

or

work

more

with

Eising

must,

conic,

square

my

appreciation

of

success,

which

on

therefore

in

but

otherwise

of

hand

the

fate

of

XIII.),

philosophic,

and

line

The

lines

of

prefer

artistic,

that

line

on

otherwise

Plain

the

line

accordance

the

or

the

expressive
good

(Plate

on

line
I

sun

type

marked
similar

of

pursuits.

the

hand

beautiful.

Mount

of

Luna,

artistic, it
"With

the

denotes

the

other

MODIFICATIONS

OF

Plate

THE

PRINCIPAL

XIX.

LINES.

The

Rising from
of

fate, and

that

to

time

gives

more

brilliancy

or

the

class

in art

From

dependent
certain

107

the

increases

by the line

promised

success

whatever

from

in

it is marked

date

from

"

in poetry,

Rising

the

upon

Luna

of

line

it

and

being

(e-e,Plate

in

class this line

to

than

"

what

call

to

the

way

relating

as

the

it

by the line

shown

talent

promises

the

help

of

line

of

head, and
is

success

and

success

In

of others.

influenced

so

shown,

this

fortunes

the

by

distinction,largely
it is

case

of those

never

we

come

XXI.),

of

head, however, it is

literature,and
the Plain

upon

implies

name

determine

the fancies

sloping

misleading

riches.

Mount

with
a

depends

itself,to

or

less

its

as

"

of success,

sign

With

of the

things

of

inclined

more

denote

to

cess
suc-

purely imaginative order.

Mars, it promises sunshine

after

tears,

success

difficulty.
Rising

until the

the

success,

second

half

from

artistic

things,

of the

talents

line

and

of

heart

looking

distinction

more

is

head, there

of

caprice

no

subject

alone

it

merely

denotes

it

from

other

people in

its

factor, but

being

nection
con-

not

of life is reached.

the

Rising

it denotes

line of

the

from

with

and

It

upon

in contact

after

success

the

and

accurate

hand

of

whether

fate,it

distinction

more

of art.

or

line of

of Sun.

things will greatly improve.

on

It is far

Apollo

in

the

Line

and

at

the
in

influence

great

for art

taste

purely practical standpoint


the

world

at

that

late

date

life.
If the

Saturn,

inclined

third
very

of

marked,

with

lines

multiplicity
have

with

sun

everything

great tendency

position,

Many

of

"

in

length

such
the

to

the

second,

formation

talents, the

the

finger

the

makes

riches, and

of

subject
the

even

peculiarity of this line is that it generally gives, when

of

sufficient

and
on

sensitiveness,but

toward

line

exceptionally straight
social

nearly equal

life.

chief

The

long line

gamble

to

chances

finger be

of

head

it denotes

the

when
love

combined
of

well

with

an

attaining riches,

power.

the

ideas

of

Mount
will

patience

Sun

interfere

to win

either

show
with
fame

an

all
or

extremely artistic nature, but


success.

renown

Such

subjects

(Plate XXI.).

never

Cheird's

].08

star

of

An

of

that

On

no

hollow

hand

one's

lasts,

of

sign

of

preservation
(^,

position

be

can

will

the

against
Plate

and

such

generally

and

that

sign

found.

certainty.

position

and

loss

Hand.

finest

very

cases

name

means

hand

how

matter

on

their

line

of

they
graves

of

of

that

indicates

recognition

the

heads.

the

absence

complete

Perhaps
their

island

such

is

sun

line

the

in

the

of

XXI.).
for

name

occur

attacks

the

through

length
scandal

XXI.).

The

artistic

the

of

to

this

on

perhaps
is

line

reference

in

{h, Plate

is

success

the

on

island

time

find

lasting

square

enemies

line

this

on

and

Brilliant

Language

line

such

the

will

be

all

of

sun

people,

world

laid

the

power.

on

though

difficult

honor

deserve

may

loses

sun

the

they
to

and

wreaths

an

otherwise

may

that

work

Such

gain.
fame,

talented

will

should

and

hard,

will

individuals,

rarely
have

achieve

crowned

it.

Cheiro's

110

into

through

or

in

If red
flat

at the

Mount

it foretells
life,

color,and

of

Mercury

weakness

some

and

broad, it will be weak

and

ning
run-

disease of

action

of

the

circulation.

bad

and

the line of

pale in

If very

the heart.
heart

the line of heart

risingfrom

Wlien

Hand.

Language of the

when
color,particularly

it leaves the line of

heart,with small,

nails,the trouble will be active heart-disease.


When

in

red

very

spots, it denotes

tendency in the system

fever.

toward

When

twisted and

When

formed

In

Plate

small

little

biliousness
irregular,

and

in littlestraightpieces,
bad

islands,with

long,filbert

liver

complaints.
XIX

Plate
digestion(i-i,

nails,danger

to

lungs

and

,).

chest

(i-i,

XX.).

The

mark,

same

the

with

kind

same

of

nail,but broad, throat trouble.

"

(See Nails,"Part I.,Chapter XIII.)


When

heavilymarked, joiningthe lines of heart and head, and

elsewhere,it threatens
health,but it is a good
one

upon

crossingthe

hand.

It will thus

be

mark

seen

because

that

the indications afforded

and
illnesses,
for

brain-fever.

straightline of hepatica lying

for brain

it

down

gives a

the hand
more

though the student


him

for confirmation

instance,to the chained

of head

not found

of

life-linefor

and
troubles,

wiry kind

can

by the hepatica,yet he
to other
illnesses,

to the

must

portionsof

conjunctionwith the study of the hepatica.

must

give robust

of health than

depend

naturallydelicate
which
nails,

not

may

very

largely

look

for other

the

hand, as,

health,to the line

always be noted

in

XIV.

CHAPTER

THE

Via

The
not

often

by

right

and
Venus

LASCIVA

Lasciva,

the

to

is

the

oif

run

into

palm

the

if

natural

the
on

the

of

LINE

OF

all

It

that

of

account

psychic

for
hands

be
a

and

vivid

by
than

on

of

much-used

of

It

and

word,

others.

Ill

should

gives

action

into

the

(W,

Plate

found

on

seven

types.
face

the

sometimes

distinct

Mount

of

XVII.).

which

person

feeling

of

science

has

"coincidence."

philosophic,
Its

It

the

keenly

position

Mount

the

through

when
a

the

of

runs

even

nature,

intuitional

warnings

the

from

impressionable

and

hand

excesses

often

more

other

an

It

hepatica.
it

is

XIII.),

INTUITION.

Luna.

influences,

its

(Plate

position

the

by

semicircle

clear

purely

any

life

the

such

across

is

any

of

found

dreams

that

on

Mount

the

denotes

strange

than

that

can

surroundings

others,
to

almost

but

(Plate XII.)

psychic,

is

hepatica,

marked.
to

the

hand
to

intuition

of

conic, and

Mercury
the

line

with
In

running

health-line

sister

wrist.

length

THE

The

the

INTUITION.

OF

confounded

the

but

LINE

THE

called

generally

passions,

it shortens

AND

otherwise

and

found,

force

VIA

or

is found

with
is

hepatica
sensitive

presentiment
never

of

been
more

for
able
on

XV.

CHAPTER

GIRDLE

THE

OF

Girdle

The
semicircle
the

and

Its

here

will

study

touchy

little

over

and

THE

THEEE

broken

that

second

BEACELETS.

and

fingers

kind

unbroken

or

of

finishing between

it except

such

on

is

It

it

the

denotes

certainly

in

highly

gives

conic

broad,

and

the

thick

with

highly

suality
sen-

hand.
little

psychic.

sensitive,

easily offended,

moods,
strung,

and

temperament,

nervous

unhappy

most

indicate

to
a

on

associated

rule

changeable

natures

sign

found

as

as

this

when

hands

mark

things.

found

never

toward

tendency

despondency.

People

this

possessing

enthusiasm
in the

but

unbroken

hysteria

and

have
to

this

that

natures,

when

and

ascribed

usually

is

prove

intellectual

is

XIII.)

first

that

state

generally

domain

real

the

AND

SATUEN,

fourth.

must
so

OF

(Plate

Venus

between

rising

third
I

of

EING

THE

VENUS,

mood

their

engages
in

moment

one

"

of

capable

are

that

anything

over

same

mark

the

rising

of

height

highest

they

but

fancy,

the

to

spirits, the

pitch

of

rarely twice

are

miserable

next

and

despondent.
When

the
with

contact

subjects

are

be

marred

through

the

peculiarly

exacting,

and

want

of

side

line

would

man

the

over

goes

the

will

marriage

that

girdle

as

hand

{h-h, Plate

marriage

hard

live

to

in

and

by

there

as

of

happiness

If

on

hand,
in

stars

are

the

Such

man's

in

comes

temperament.

with.

wife

the

of

doing

so

the

XVI.),

peculiarities

virtues

many

the

of

the

universe.
THE

The

good
and
to

Ring

sign
I have

cut

off

to

never

the

of

Saturn

have

on

yet
Mount

(Plate
the

XII.)

hand.

observed
of

EING

Fate

is

mark

I have

that
in

SATUEN.

OF

were

112

in

seldom

watched

closely

they
such

very

any

peculiar

way
way

and

found,
people

possessing

successful.
that

such

is not

It

people

seems

never

it,

MODIFICATIONS

OF

THE

Plate XX.-

PRINCIPAL

LINES.

The

gain

any

Girdle

of

point

that

deal

great

it

people

of

work

and

give

bracelets
the

reading

noticed

the

always

was

to

Afterwards
there

found
later

have

years,

by

my

many

is

interesting

attention

it

for

to.

to

notice,

what

the

of

for

took

find

always

these

of

continuity

pose
pur-

truth
after

this

this

and
out

study
I

case,

by

told

me

in

in

in

in
first

my

early
one

thought

reference

XVI.),

of

ternal
in-

chilaren.
I

way,

superstition.

hospitals,
to

the

the

to

through

being

est
near-

practical

more

life,

into

Plate

(m-m,

bearing
a

have

the

relation

the

one

rising

almost

in

going

deserves

their

and

ailments,
and

recorded,

sequently
con-

worth.

be

the

at

one

arch

an

in

what

may

health

of

that

bracelet,

wrist,

in

is, however,

taught

weakness

point

to

the

importance

and

first

instance,

in

much
There

been

shape

up

it

has

XXV.)

of

the

on

of

attached

bears

had

high

have

that

strong

mean

case

consultants

significance

they

of

watching

give

now

Another

it

deal

convinced

become

defined,

great

in

life, when

of

them,

to

position

as,

as

itself.

regard

saw

"

113

temperament

Plate

also

hand

the

consultant

body

want

consider

not

it

rose

my

the

my

was

what

from
I

in

it

warn

of

organs

such

(See

truth.

the

when

when

particularly

palm,

In

that

of

of

principally

and

with

do

with

deal

great

hand,

point

this,

Bracelets.

BKACELETS.

study

with

"

but

THEEE

XIII.)

the

peculiar

observe

to

in

or

contains

always

lines,

and

strange

(Plate

do

to

half-way.

up

Their

desire.

or

Three

the

and

Saturn,

for

plans,

THE

The

of

everything

ideas

always

Ring

may

have

big

they

that

the

they

may

"

full

Venus,

bracelets
robust

manner

is

that,

if

constitution,
the

point

well
and
I

and
this
have

clearly
again,
called

XVI.

CHAPTER

THE

OF

LINE

What

if the

matter

The

MAKRIAGE.

license

paid

Unless

love

'Twere

better

they

"

link

words

each

be

heart

wed

heart,

to

lives

those

keep

said,

not

are

apart.
Cheiro.

Of

the

that

say

details

important

What

is

that

mark

must

be

fact
of

the

of

can

being
foretold

except
as

thus

can

when

strong.

not

to

other

singled

the
that
into
in

is

should

case

may

surround
an

the

the

important.and

as

be

be,

ordinary
what

time

set

only

can

If

any

room

that
114

apart
be

one

has
nower

marked,

can

by

power

is,

and

what

years

to

and

so

life

just
or

marry,
to

the

permanent

magnetize
the

portant
im-

marriage,

the

referring

why
to

events

all

to

as

life

explain

Now,
if

even

on

one's

answered

the

had.

liaisons^

influence
in

have

respect

is known

the

the

ence
influ-

that,

coeur^

It

the

influence.

in

case

what

from

divided

they

such

affaires de

XIII.

registers

be

be, is

recognize

not

influence

certainly

that

natural

many

may

Plate

life, it follows

is

esting
inter-

as

case

by

merely

with

such

give

the

as

does

of

one's

should
that

us.

room,

it
"

to

sorry

study.

hand

kind

in

marriage

just

the

am

naturally

to

shown

as

accordance

event

and

the

this

marriage,

religious

or

found

of

Mercury

is in

an

out

of

lives, what

that

noticed
endeavor

side

lines
of

it is also

; and

Why

iron

all

barely

clearly, that

our

always

there

as

over

cheiromancy,

on

therefore
this

or

it civil

hand,

liaison

brought
of

stated

important

the

mysteries

bit

Mount

I have

be

marry,

magnet
other

the

the

by

influences
on,

on

and

so

and

advance,

as

people

will

with
line

be

written
have

or

the

ceremony,

produced,

marriage

in

ignored

and

stated,

different

effect

be

marks

first

been

connection

known

or

have

point.

in

possible

as

that

have

all

almost
and

mere

books

many

every

connection

Cheird's

116

then

and

Luna

runs

into

When

the

line of influence

the

person

the

subject marries

than

the

fate-line,the

marriage will be

the

more

is stronger than
will

have

the

greater

subject's line
and

power

of

fate,then

individuality

more

subject.

The

mark

happiest

line lies close

breaks,

the

marriage

curves

the line

When

and

the

whom

of

it

the

(/-?,Plate

influence-

XX.).
out
straight,with-

be

kind.

any

subject

is when

should

Mercury

toward

upward, the

curves

with

evenly

runs

the Mount

on

line of fate

the

on

drops downward

or

with

person

marriage

irregularitiesof

or

crosses,
it

^- When

of

fate-line

to the

line of

The

that

the

real affection.

than

capricious fancy

and

up

of the Hand.

Language

the

is married

line of heart, it foretells

will die

is not

possessor

first (j, Plate

likely to

XX.).
at

marry

any

time.

from

health

bad
When

of the

line

the

long, gradual
the

'When
some

heart,
the

person

to will

with

line has

ill health
in

island

an

cross

brought

the

over

or

sudden

will

cause

the

married

in

trouble

subject
small

hair-lines

fine

dropping
the illness

by

on

marries.

by accident

die

with

it foretells trouble

gradual

curve,

great

very

of

droops

is married

subject

marriage is distinct,but

of

the line

it toward

and

line

the

When

center

death

the
at

or

life,and

the

curve,
; but

the

person
there

when

is

end.

portion, it denotes

any

while

separation

the

island

lasts.

the

of

center

This

XIX.).

the

When
be

the

divides

hand, it

is all the

{k-U, Plate

of Mars

should

line

the

When

line

warned

at

the

tells

of

end

divorce

certain

more

into

if

drooping

or

sloping toward

judicial separation (j, Plate

line

fine

fork

from

cross

Plain

it to the

XIX.).
is full
not

to

of

little islands

marry.

Such

and
mark

lines,the

drooping
is

sign of the

subject

greatest

un-

happiness.
When

full of little islands

and

forked, it is again

sign

of

in

unhappiness

marriage.
When

the

line breaks

When

the

line

in

two, it denotes

sudden

break

in the

married

life.
of

marriage

sends

an

offshoot

on

to

the

Mount

of

Sun

The

into the line of sun,

and

and

When,
the

hand

will

its possessor
some

way

and

toward

will

it appears

marry

some

of distinction,

one

famous.

down

it goes

lose

line of

the

cuts

position through

sun.

marriage {i-i,

is

whose

on

fine line

opinions

into

by

and

women
"

say,

You

the

have

so-called

truths

the greatest
The

marriage.

marriage has

no

allow

even

divorce

the

blood-money

courts

crush

and

degrade
of burden
have

and
?
not

torture-chamber
12

are

such

to

the

back

service

money
of

if he

is,alas

the
How

of the

must

divorce

he

hearts
the

whom

would

to

be

sealed,

as

half

half

of

marry

again unless

of the pope," and

long, how
How

long
men

will

were

or

brutes

because

noble

this

and

hand

reality

throne
lip-servicedecustom

beasts

women

together because

of their
once,

is in

slavery of

live

not

certain

on

the other

which

will this

exist and

women

who

long

on

that

coffers of the state

the

joined together,

Church, equally inconsistent,will


and

and

if the
into

dinned

Grod hath

the

ceremony

divorced

words

they

so

that

so-called

women

^1

generally

mockeries,

are

into

men

tell that

of woe,

vows

"

entered

a.s

all,"and

often, that

their freedom,
Men

deeply

go

know

yet the last

heart?

and

men

to

palmist'slips are

half

"Those

"

They

speak

nature, making

buy

of the

"

study.

its children

mediation

into

side

incre'^ible what

now

hide

to

! too

divorce

to
"

better

to

did

allows

are,

of its citizens.

long

The

Catholic

pair

the

as

hearts.

unsuitable, and

The

the

marriagei

to

or

of this

well

gaiety

Church

bridegroom

pour

destroy
How

of

of all

out

touching the

on

palmistry

It is almost

cloaked, that

through the

the

almost

marriage

on

day.

may

their

masks

mockery

and

you

of

falsehoods

the wretched

the

in this work

confessor, but
but

turned

special occasions

they

much,

so

put asunder."

man

cuts

'^'

during the pursuit

me

Protestant

of the bride

ears

and

of the present

father

are

after

aifection

relating to marriage,

laws

read

faces

smiling

that

the

told

of the

and

opposition

province

the greatest secrets

those

and

running parallelwith
deep

some

women

have

unravel

obstacle

great

downward

grows

it appears.

my

to

as

and

men

of

hand

within

It is not

mount

XVIII.).

there

marriage-line, it tells
person

top of the

the

marriage, there will be

(i,Plate

When

let

person

deep line from

of

marriage

are

contrary,

whose

line

my

it tells that
in

117

of Marriage.

XXI.).
When

the

the

on

person

Plate

generally
on

Line

dread
who

of that
were

Cheird's

118

the

much,

garments,

Let

them

and

study

we

if

but

d-^'en

preach

good

pride,

in

not

honor's

for

for

s'^^lf

they

are

that

serve,

may

draws

spun.

they
nigh,

till

as

the

be

they

as

live

helpers
task

is

all

the

husband

and

world

ing
fear-

their

very

deceive

to

to

the

scene,

than

world

seeing

children,
the

to

closer

the

the

the

closer

into

into

done,

nature

of

for

truth

be

to

do

as

likewise.

Let

And

for

lastly,

part

of

let

those

those

to

them

redeeming

goodness

that

less

costume.

responsible

truth's.

in

fiction

of

but

gain,

but

servants

of

or

chance

them

and

more

flattery

them

sake

the

chil-

the

sake

them

give

life

in

which

"

of

sons

of

of

art

teach

sake,

"

they

of

them,

out

give

but

for

goodness

honor

the

mistakes,
children,

not

and

out

all, read

for

do

they

as

them

of

faces

pale

going
going

and

once

make

they

outside

around

shame,

them,

see

"

women,

give

stakes;

as

edging

did

father

and

closer

wrapping

parents'

another

one

faith,

little,

too

of

drink

to

men

marry,

is

do

the

are

arena,

buried

loving

did,

""

of

cloak

the

mother

so

Hand.

often

husband,

the

the

in

ghosts

too

/)f

how

honor

fearing

spectators

reincarnated

of

wife

the

wife,

the

like

m'

souls

the

of

"

hating
all,

and

truth

of

queens

Language

the

world.

till

and

humanity

the

And

universe

daughters

so

may

is

they

finished,

of

the

be

till

till

the

world,
the

end

destiny

CHAPTEE

XVII.

CHILDREN,

So
.

oft

bear,

to

Thro'

early hours,

The

Or

of

story

of

father's

bear
To

All

that

load,

stagger
life

but

With

care.

! how

me

hard

heavy

that

and,

on,

years,

tears

drunken

Ah

To

later

thro'

mother's

cross,

death,

all

death

but

alone

to

virtue

blind

eyes

find

stumbling,

loss,
!

Cheiro.

To

have,

tell
seems

than

the

details

Owing
have

study
the

accuracy

been

largely

well

the
In

can

difficulties
first

the

touch

of

development
the

as

The
of

the

line
to

the

lines

portion
accurately

of

of

be

in

do

the

with

the

of

For

Venus

these

out

clearly, but

the

hand

are

also

the

mount

make

out

whether

in

faint.

touch,
such

fine
are

their

children
119

this

with

person

the

time

any

as

knowing

such

of

point, I
details

many

possible,

as

point.

hand

that

very

poor

to

have

dren
chil-

the

fine
case

that

it will

position

play

of

an

requires

these
so

important

that

lines, by
on,

one

part

end

scope
micro-

found

be

and

appearance,

will

it

the

from

lines

upright

so

such

By
by

requires

large.

the

are

them

they

and

full

as

of

at

to

ful
wonder-

more

on

portions

likely

likely

cheiromancy.

give

way

instance,
so

of

explanation
all

of

is not

mount

lucid

bit

credited
to

clear

as

is

or

this, however,

pursuit

book,

knowledge

Sometimes

marriage.

in

had,
one

do

been

this

so

way

children

to

To

I have

acquired.
of

it is not

the

to

has

one

lines.

writing
to

Mount

relating

make
of

the

do, but

which

thorough

must

to

given

usually

lie in
a

children

main

with

that

person

lines

is

endeavor

place,

this

on

the

by

requested,

I shall

permissible.

of

thing

given
than

to

number

wonderful

very

careful

more

the

accurately

all
the
can

in

the

Cheird's

120

life

be

the

of

subject

male

otherwise

or

if

the

of

will

they

Hand.

delicate

be

if

strong;

or

will

they

female.

or

leading

The

Language

lines

Broad

fine,

lines

these

to

marked

clearly

are

regard

males

denote

they

When

with

points

are

lines,

narrow

denote

they

follows

as

females.

children

healthy

strong,

when

.^^

if

faint,

very

When

delicate

in

they

the

first

its

early

When

ending

When

one

important

of

part

life,

the

at

line

the

to

they

lines,

wavy

line

the

if

but

is

reverse.

island,

little

line

the

the

are

is

well

the

marked

child

will

farther

it

be

very

will

tually
even-

health.

good

have

The

are

is

and

longer
than

parent

numbers

death

island,

all

run

be

superior
the

the

from

will

the

result.

the

to

rest,

child

one

will

be

more

others.

outside

of

the

in

marriage-line

toward

the

hand.

On

such

the

case

be

in

able

go

they
will

man

affectionate

extremely
marks

hand

man's

to

into

proceed
here.

be

nature

superior

his

or

just

as

rule,

From

these

her

pursuit

as

clear

fond

exceptionally

way.
in

often

are

however,

as

children

of

the

observations

of

other

on

minute

and

think

details

have

will

hand

woman's

the

shows

an

the

student

which

in

but

woman's,

will

not
can-

MODIRCATIONS

OF

PRINCIPAL

THE

Plate

XXI.

LINES.

Cheird's

122

It

of

that

really means
a

in

man

every

terrible

some

part

climax,

The
either

the

work

the

life and

and

moment,

position

into

cutting

subject will
in this

"

may

with

case

crowned

Saturn

who

one

star
and

wealth

the

on

ON

Mount

price has

in peace

perhaps

STAR

position, but,

late ; the

riches, it

of

THE

with

is that

almost

with

as

OF

with

been

Certain

too

it

star

mount,

Jupiter,

on

of those

one

through

who
some

SUN.

gives the brilliancy of

XIX.)

Such

happiness.

and

is,however,
happiness.

the

others, that

it

in this

When

has

of

way

that, though

come

health,

or

gives great
by the

case

subject will be brought

the

people, without

wealthy

wealth

dearly paid in the

or

contentment

denotes, like

rich

however,

great fame

and

high

too
as

in

celebrity,but
the

on

the

will be

it is connected

hand
of

case

found

The

star

brilliancy
the

in the

and

success

type

it denotes

of

little above

Madame

himself

being rich

in

the

in

talent

and

the

middle

work

line
in

of the

Bernhardt,

Sarah

ON

THE

of the

OF

MOUNT

Mount

of

science,business,

hand, and,
association

by the

formed

an

of sun,

art.

it denotes

It should

line is its best

impression

of

not

tion,
posiwhose

XXVII.).

STAR

center

or

through

Plate

on

THE

mount

the

goods.

When,

to

off the

distinction

THE

(2?,Plate

rule, without

mind.

it

mount,

contact

hand

and

doom.

like the

contact

gains

MOUNT

Sun

of the

probably

gives

never

of the

world's

be

be

may

dramatic

some

"

in

he

or

for

cast

man

fate.

The

side

position resplendent with

brought. into

be

Judas,

have

fingers. This,

the

destiny;

will

but

on

of

be

brilliancy,some

star

or

he
career

for the

THE

too

life

king

history, but

make
terrible

of

unrivaled
a

side

that

denotes

drama

terribly fatalistic life,but that

some

fate,a plaything

of

for the

"

second

at

the

some

majesty of death

child

in

all his

Saviour, but
terrible

subject will have

tlie

way

of the Hand.

Language

as

in the

with

or

MERCURY.

Mercury
the

power

(g, Plate
of

XIX.)

denotes

ing
eloquence, accord-

foregoing examples, by

people distinguished in those

the

side

walks

of the
of life.

The

Star.

123
,

THE

The
that

star

the

on

through

ON

STAR

of

Mount

MOUNT

THE

under

Mars

MARS.

{j, Plate

Mercury

the

fortitude

and

patience, resignation,

OF

XVIII.), denotes
honors

greatest

will

be

gained.
On

the

distinction
warfare

opposite side

of the

and

will

celebrity

in which

the

THE

The

star

system,

to

in

drowning,
however,

is that

this

the

when

be

fact

revolver

or

have

may

that

the

the star
affections

is

center
once

and

more

When
with

of

more

ON

MOUNT

OF

THE

highest point of the

On

lying by the side

"

hand

man's

the

the

same

on

such
a

.often

so

in

ing,
mean-

and

the
the

on

my

mount,

dreamy
and

head,

that

inative
imagresult

hands

of

people lose sight of


In

these

days

the

vogue.

VENUS.

(?, Plate

of Venus

Mount

favorable, but

and

of

idea,

the

of fashion.

out

is much

successful

or

it relates

that

this

to

belief,but

morphine

STAR

of

line

the

to

is another

There

found

former

going

them

the

of

hold

not

this mount

on

been

has

is

of

do

is,according

given rise

star

suicides

passions.

opposition will rob

balance

this star

in all affairs of love

success

be

or

in

the

overdose

have

may

ends

the

signal battle

qualities

cheiromants.

to

THE

In

other

given rise
for

water

the

ruin

Because

insanity.

suicides, it
the

will

the

faculties.

sign, which

line of head

faculties
will

with

Jupiter, great

LUNA.

XVIII.)

from

celebrity arising

accordance

to

(A;,Plate

Luna

imaginative

the

through

life,or

OF

MOUNT

THE

of

martial

under

engaged.

be

ON

Mount

sign of great

namely,

the

on

STAR

of Mars

Mount

from

arise

will

subject

the

hand,

this time

in

relation

sign indicates

woman's

hand.

XVIII.)
to

the

extraordinary
No

jealousies or

spoils of conquest.

of the

mount,

people distinguished for their

success

the

of such

amours

in the

arena

of love.

subject will

Cheiro's

124

Language

THE

The

star

in

fortune

thumb

In

the

is

by

this

with

clear

certain

weak,

the

star

portion
may

of

mentality

should

could

have

line

be,

the

it

and

is

little

of

impossible
discretion

mind

in

the

power

be

on

be

meaning

seek

to

of

the

part

indications

with

keeping
stands

on

with

to

this,
that

with

of

for.

the

understood

dispense
the

in

It

dealing

must

to

good

great

phalange

that

hand.

or

In

it

signs

naturally

head.

study,

lesser

borne

of

first

will.

the

must

character

general

of

be

sign

lesser

undeveloped

directions

amount

the

the

other

every

it

gives

fingers
the

on

of

of

important

most

remarks

by

that

instance,

the

the

and

strength

subject's

important

shown

of

one

foregoing

tendencies

for

the

of

phalanges
attempted,

or

Hand.

FINGERS.

THE

ON

outer

or

touched

through

star

denoted

tips

anything

success

The

the

on

STAK

the

of

the

the

reason,

hand

taining
con-

indeed

as

however

exercise

student.

the

of

CHAPTER

XIX.

THE

The

in

one

indicates

It

sign.
the

position

will

is

Jupiter

of

life

the

it denotes

On

pursuit
The

On
of

influence
himself
On

from

cross

on

of

death

Sun

it

be

base,

late

evil,

fatalistic

is

terrible

at

least

life

early
in

the
this

when

the

on

affection
the

summit

the

of

line
of

the

life.

when

by

the

line

itself

in

the

life.

of

tendencies

sign

line

cross

of

on

of

great

one

with

touching

but

Mount

when

commencement

when

accident;

by

the

it will

XVIII.),

the

of

of

fate,

the

ter
cen-

in

disappointment

the

riches.

or

and

Plate

the

to

on

case

feature
in

is, however"

Mount

of

as

rule, indicates

dishonest

duplicity.

to

Mars

under

it

Mercury

Mount

the

on

Mercury,

Mars

of

denotes

under

the

dangerous

tion
opposiand

force, violence,

Jupiter

quarrels.
the

the

{I, Plate
the

violent

of

the

at

{n,

inclined

Mount

hand,

down

the

close

that

change

There

the

time

favorable

sometimes

it indicates

the

as

it, namely,

strange

about

the

Saturn

the

on

enemies

death

even

art,

one

the

and

of

fame,
cross

of

and

especially

found

trouble.

by
have

to

is

When

it increases

Mount

and

nature,

of

This

Luna.

of

side

of

mount,

of

life.

seldom

danger,

position

roughly

life ;

Mount

the

the

is

about

sign

this

In

Mount

the

danger

this

good

individual.

middle

the

is

it denotes

toward

in

On

the

that

and

mount,

into

and

star,

brought

one

it

the

to

disappointment,

XVIII.).

come

influence

of

which

from

rises

fate

life, but

(m, Plate

affection

opposite

trouble,

or

in

position

Jupiter

will

is the

cross

CEOSS.

Mount

of

Mount

imagination.

Moon

the

The

under

man

with

the

line

such

of

head

sign

will

denotes
deceive

fatal

even

XVI.).
of

Venus,

when

heavily
125

marked,

it indicates

some

great

Cheiro's

126

trial

fatal

or

life,

of

line

in

change

the

relates

to

Above

to

denotes

destiny

of

lying

but

in

on

the

one's

other

lying

close

the

to

relatives.

near

and

fate,

and

between

it

side

of

the

relatives,

by

career

and

the

hand

life-line

and

next

means

to

Luna

journey.

line

the

touching

with

in

opposition

disappointment

and

line

small

very

quarrels

the

of

Hand.

of

head,

it

foretells

wound

some

or

accident

head.

the

By

the

Running
line

side

when

but

and

troubles

Mars,

of

in

it

of

the

by

cross

Plain

the

tells

it

affection

of

influence

the

of

Language

of

heart,

side

of

into

the

the

the

death

line

of

of

line

of

some

sun,

fate,
loved

disappointment
disappointment
one.

in

position.
in

money

and

over

tiio

CHAPTER

XX.

SQUARE.

THE

The
It is

protected

When
of

the

the

will

square

is still

outside

Saturn,
When

or

WTien

anxiety

danger

some

When

the

line

brought

object

the

even

from

resting

in

fall into

the

line be
the Mount

all kinds

of

in the center, the

loss.

directly under

well-formed

itself,and

the Mount

it is

square,

tells of

sign of

terrible

some

Saturn, it foretells

under

through

runs

{j,Plate

broken
of

strain

tion
preserva-

the

danger

that

at

Mount

it denotes

square,
under

Saturn,

heavy

some

some

fatalityto

XXI.).

Plate
point (/v,

by the
of

through

it denotes

square,

the

protection from

XXI.).
denotes

passions {I, Plate

XXL).

Venus,

line

life

inside

Venus
on

When

through

brought
of

all

square

particular moment.

life-line passes

center

brain

affections.

affection

trouble

one

with

accident.

line of head

heart

on

the

the

the

through

on

serious

very

menaced.

connected

sense,

ject
sub-

the head.

to

if the

square

yation

by

on

of one's

When

of

right

the

it denotes

square,

worldly

that

danger

the line of fate breaks

from

through

runs

the

whatever

only touching it,and

that

at

rising above

from

preservation from

to

it shows

well-formed

line goes

when

protection

preservation

of

if the

line,but

the line of head

of work

the

from

subject's life in

Even

of

it denotes

strength and

trouble

sign

interesting of the lesser signs,

most

preservation," because

through

runs

loss,but

or

of the

one

of

particular point

of fate

averted.

be

When

death,

that

at

line

disaster

danger

the

mark

greatest crises in the

financial

of

"the

called

usually
is

(Plate XV.) is

square

of

it tells

passion, but

that

will

the

always

preser-

When

subject
manage

will
to

escape.

When,

however, lying outside

the
127

line

of

life and

touching it from

the

Cheird's

128

Plain

the

of

Mars,

such

place

the

Hand.

imprisonment

means

seclusion

or

from

world.

When

arising

other

in

square

of

Language

the

on

the

through

On

Jupiter,

On

Saturn,

On

the

On

Mercury,

On

Mars,

On

Luna,
line,

from

the

from

from

from

for

the

desire

an

instance,

that

for

through
of

excess

line

from

protection

any

excess

the

subject.

shadows

the

life.

fame.

mercurial

restless,

danger

mount

of

fatality

the

from

the

ambition

the

denotes

square

of

qualities

from

Sun,

as,

the

mounts

temperament.

enemies.

imagination,
of

travel.

or

from

the

evil

effects

of

some

MODIFICATIONS

OF

PRINCIPAL

THE

Plate

XXII.

LINES.

""l"

CHAPTER

THE

island

The

the

of

is not

hand

which

on

frequently relates

to

as

It is

; as, for

heart-disease

inherited.

to the line

or

tion
por-

interestingto notice that it

instance,heavily marked

of the line of

in the center

on

the

head, it denotes

an

mentality.

in relation to

hereditary weakness
When

sign,but it only relates

it is found.

distinct mark

one

SPOT.

THE

CIRCLE,

hereditary evils

line of heart it denotes


When

THE

ISLAND,

fortunate

XXI.

on

the line of

life,it denotes

When

on

the line of

fate,some

When

on

the line of sun,

illness and

delicacy at that particular

point.

through scandal
When

line

Any
to the

attendant

line

to the

same

position and

generally

name,

forming

which

from

island is

an

bad

indication

in relation

it is found.

the Mount

on

serious illness.

of Venus

passion to the

man

running into

who

woman

or

an

inland foretells
influences

the

(2),Plate XVIIL).
A

will

or

on

line

disgrace and trouble


life

health,it foreshadows

running into

part of the hand

An

it foretells loss of

matters.

{h,Plate XXI.).

the line of

on

heavy loss in worldly

forming

line of

kind
and

influence
and
will be

of

crossingthe hand

marriage foretells that

the life and

cross

trouble

island and

an

line

when

it

at

the Mount
that

of Venus

particularpoint

bring disgrace to the marriage (r,Plate XVIII.).


to

run

direct

evil influence

an

the

line of

the

runs

barrier to the

into and
success

it

intentions

talents and

the

bars

of the

bad

heart,some

; when

disgrace to the affections

will

from

to the line of

runs

into

line of

129

will

bring

head, some

nel;
disgracefulchan-

some

fate,some

subject at the date

join each other'.

influence

If the

evil influence

at which

the lines

Cheiro's

130

island

An

which

on

of

any

the

of

Mount

On

the

On

Saturn

On

the

On

Mercury

of

the

Mars

On

Luna,

On

Venus,

in

weakness
a

the

mount

on

{Jc,Plate

found

If
the

the

success

On

the

Mount

point

working

subject

break

will,

as

spot

bright-red
blow

some

to

succeed,

of

the

particularly

in

power

influenced

imagination.

the

by

of

sport

fancy

and

will

CIRCLE.

it

is

circle

is

mark.

favorable

On

fortunate.

it denotes

be

it were,

able

line,
clear

to

round

go

from

danger

important

not

the

Sun,

other

any

This

it tells

mount

and

drowning.

indicates

it

himself
round

that

circle

that

misfortune

from

in

at

without

particular
"

in

being

other

able

get free.
SPOT.

spot

the
on

sign of temporary
the

line

of

illness.
indicates

head

shock

or

taken

to

injury

from

fall.

or

black

bright-red
the

art.

subject.

any

generally

on

the

and

THE

is

for

talent

cowardice.

out

the

which

the

and

through

of

Luna

of

touching

he

words,

in
of

the

the

subject.

changeable

spirit and

Mount

position

against

When

ambition.

XX.).

on

only

and

science.

or

THE

and

of

qualities

pride

the

too

easily led

person

the

to

person

weak

the

it weakens

Sun

business

to

it shows

On

misfortune

it makes

relation

it weakens

Jupiter

brings

it

Mount

in

passion

to

the

injures

mounts

Hand.

it is found.

anything

is

of the

Language

or

line

blue

spot

spot
of

life

on

some

denotes

the

illness.

nervous

line

of

illness

of

health
the

is

nature

usually
of

fever.

mean

fever,

XXII.

CHAPTER

"

THE

The
of

THE

GKILLE,

LA

TEIANGLE,

is very

grille (Plate XY.)

tlie

hand.

It

and

mount,

indicates

especially

of

the

in

often

obstacles
that

means

subject

MYSTIQUE,"

CROIX

and

seen,

accordance

obstacles

with

that

RING

generally

the

against
those

THE

OF

that

brought

are

of

portion

the

upon
of

success

SOLOMON.

the

mounts

particular
the

by

on

hand

in

dencies
ten-

which

it

is found.
On

the

Mount

of

it

Jupiter

denotes

egotism,

pride,

and

the

dominative

spirit.
On
a

the

morbid

Mount

of Saturn

it foretells

misfortune,

melancholy

nature,

and

tendency.

On

the

Mount

of

Sun

the

it

tells

of

vanity,

folly, and

desire

for

celebrity.
On

the

Mount

of

it denotes

Mercury

unstable

an

and

rather

unprincipled

"

person.

On

the

On

the

Mount

of

Mount

Luna

it

Venus,

of

foretells

in

caprice

(Plate XV.)

triangle

distinct, and

not

When

distinct

usual

in

the

so

the

for

the

by

in

the

organization

On

work,

in

success

formed

Mount

delving

is
the

shape

chance

of

Saturn

into

the

quietude.
dis-

crossing
of

people,

is

and
of

the

found

clear

and

lines.

Jupiter,

in

often

it

promises

handling

of

more

men,

and

than
even

affairs.

every-day

of

sigu,

Mount
of

management

and

passion.

curious

the

on

discontent,

triangle.

the

The

restlessness,

it

gives

occult,

for

forth.
131

talent
the

inclination

and

study

of

human

for

mystical

magnetism,

and

Cheiro's

132

On
a

the

calm

of

Mount

toward

demeanor

Sun

the

of the Hand.

Language
it denotes
and

success

of

practical application

Celebrity

fame.

will

and

art

such

spoil

never

people.
On

the

success

On

ideas

the

of Mars

Mount

Mount

of the

The

it

and

of

in

science

it tells of

warfare, great

calmness

in any

scientific

method

in

following

the

out

calmness

(r,Plate

mark

the

heart, or

main

line.

formed

lie

as

be

and

distinct

qualitiesare
the

excellent

an

position

either

fate

and

without

mark

and

mark

at

of

of

sign

success

on.

of the

center

its upper

or

line from

the

with

connection

rangle
quad-

lower

tremities.
ex-

head

to

other

any

superstition.
in

widely apart
this

the

domain

found
line

the

by

its

for

usually

mysticism, occultism,

three

of

power

mystique."

ceoix

it may

but

be

it may

It denotes

has

XIX.),

It may

love, the

it is found.

"la

strange

is

spear-head (Plate XV.)

or

in

calculation

and

self.

over

which

on

These

promises

danger.

Venus,

control

tripod

This

qualities,and

money.

gives

in

of Luna

Mount

mount

any

or

its restless

checks

imagination.

the

restraint

business

of mind

presence

it

Mercury

to

the

On

of

in relation

crisis,and
On

Mount

often

themselves, although

takes

the

on

hand

is

founded,
con-

therefore

very

important.
When

high
for

mysticism
where

by

one's

it relates

curiosity

heart
more

the

than
so

line takes

with

when
a

own

self.

know

to

deeper interest
When

to

that
"

sharp

curve

but
life,

not

how

Croix

it is

toward

Such

the

that

hand

the

on

up

people
their

of

head,

marked

it
over

downward.

is

desire

to

their

want

for its

the

follow

will

it farther

turn

with

superstitious nature,

It must

of
be

than

out

in

than
more

the

by

sake.

own

center

belief

told,actuated

closely connected

more

gives

give the

will

fortunes

ambitions

own

"

it

the

study involves
Mystique

Jupiter,

the

and

the

this

head-line, when

remembered

that

line

the

of

even

that

length

The

of

the

line

over

The

long
Croix

of

it

cross

"

one

it

will

has

be

is

touches

the

entire

fate-line,

the

than

Ring

occult,
the

but

mere

of

in

love

of

short

very

the

on

formed

line

of

133

with

the

the

long

particularly

it, the

by

line

than

and

occultism,

Solomon.

of

so

one.

if

the

head.

love

of

the

mystic

career.

Solomon

this

is

or

Ring

superstitious

formation

independent

an

The

this.

more

for

greatest

THE

The

with

times

the

The

Mystique,^''

Croix

do

to

thousand

be

"

''''La

much

will

the

influence

Triangle,

head

Mystique
When

will

The

Grille,

RING

(Plate
case

the

it

shows

mystic

OF

XII.)
more

denoted

SOLOMON.

is

the

by

that

sign
power
"

La

also

of

Croix

denotes

the

master,

Mystique."

the

the

love

adept,

of

CHAPTER

HANDS

When

COVERED

the

spreading

sensitive, but
and

thoughts
This
of

things

its

surface,

is
in

will

that

troubles

and

more

successful

for

SMOOTH

and

even

but

when

in

of

as

" "

do

hard
when

than

would

In

be

the

too

lines

the

the

much

of

if

latter

case

will

not

an

skin,

the

longer
work,
yet

the

even

subject

than

but

the
I

am

where

palm
will

of

retain
with

person

speaking
there

the

is

of
manual

ever

whatever

and

palm

others.

to

nature,

but

of

little

by

all

imagine

if the

the

sorts

hand

that

one

net

nervous

worried

people

take

they

This

is

of

much

so

sufficient

in

be
far

is

temperament

rarely

again

sign

greater

it is not

calm

people

worry

lose

temper,

modified
control

and

matter

of

interest

to

the

by

ness
calm-

control

lose

temper

SKIN.

is covered

buoyancy

naturally
and

skin.

coarse

cases

intensely

like

exertion.

hand

the

to

why.

THE

When

belong

firm, it is

subject

lines

self.

reason

When

fine

HANDS.

seldom

know

soft.

or

few

They

they

soft.

indifference

that

with

disposition.

they

being

palm

hands

smooth

Very

but

PALM.

and

such

"

excitable

for

than

people

is

importance

troubles

energetic,

of

nature

soft

be

THE

disturbed

no

palm
and

an

other

of

be

ailments

firm, it denotes

hard

the

that

OF

multitude

continually

if the

so

of

way

be

COLOR

with

tells

would

that

particularly
the

it

THE

"

is covered

liand

one

LINES

WITH

entire

over

XXIII.

where
work

this
134

with

temperament

This

is of

little

labor

can

still

or

be

course

very
of

fine

youth

light
much

affected

much

manual

work

observed

by

by

is done
the

ridges

CHAPTER

THE

the

When,

is

as

absent, its place


triangle,
This

is

will

be

not

and

When
should

the

be

breadth

of

If,
denotes

views,

the

the

When
the

the

second

subject

strong

resolution.

within

itself

will

the

seeds

of

This

upper

angle
of

angle

should

thought

be
and

worldly

his

and

base

of

the

XXII.),
the

although
base

of

the

angle
tri-

angle, which

lower

head, life, and


In

such

such

interests

of

three

small,

the

health, it
it denotes

case

will

person

whole,

the

not

lines, it

would

man

clined
in-

be

unit

uncertain

wavy,

Such

cowardice.

selves,
by them-

considered

the

of

spirit;

always

principles.
triangle it has

the

ideas
the

from

very

but

its base

for

the

line

individuality

great

qualities it exhibits,

of

and

contains

success.

angle.

upper

XXII.)

is formed

by

clear, well

pointed,

and

and

delicacy

toward

mind,

by

altogether

Plate

{a-a,

the

be

Mars.

of

narrow

sign,

(", Plate

by

of

the

The

the

and

have

Such

of

Plain

formed

formation
then

the

success,

miist

lines

the

by

further

against

even

base

when

as

middle,

generosity

spirit, meanness,

majority
in

the

entire

and

triangle

great

upper,

the

it is

contrary,

liberal

is

form

and

power

health

to

the

is formed

Mars,

health.

formed

to

of

of

line

forms

sun

and

is well

liberality

of

of

sign

later.

inclose

line

the

imaginary

line

of

Triangle

case,

an

w^ith

himself

timidity

with

sun,

and

by

the

dealt

triangle

sacrifice

on

contains

be

broad

to

go

will

points

the

of the

positions

it

(Plate XXII.).

the

of

the

hepatica

greatest

line

the

QUADEANGLE.

or

broad-minded

so

by

shape

the

THE

triangle,

filled

found)

far

although
three

the

be

often

by

is formed
The

great

AND

frequently

very
must

(as is

or

latter

subject

the

life,head, and

of

lines

TRIANGLE

GKEAT

called

is

What

XXIV.

136

even.

the

Such
others.

lines
will

of

head
indicate

and

life.

ment
refine-

The

When

Great

obtuse, it denotes

very

feeling and

delicacy and

the

Triangle and

appreciation of

small

very

matter-of-fact

dull

137

Quadrangle.
intellect

art

artistic

of

or

with

little

things

people.

or

When
who

extremely wide

will

continually offend

application

in

obtuse, it gives

and

middle

and

impatience

person

of

want

and

well

ANGLE.

MIDDLE

and

by the line of head

angle is formed

If clear

XXIL).

study.
THE

The

denotes

It also

people.

blunt, hasty temper,

defined, it

that of health

(c,Plate

quickness of intellect,
vivacity,

denotes

good health.

and

When

acute, it denotes

very

painfully

bad

and

temperament

nervous

health.
When
of

obtuse, dullness

very

of

matter-of-fact

method

working.
THE

The

lower

Plate
angle (rZ,

tioa,denotes
strong

XXII.),

ANGLE.

when

littleness

and

feebleness,

LOWER

of

and

acute

very

spirit; when

made

by the hepa-

obtuse, it denotes

nature.

When
a

intelligence and

made

by the

view

narrow

of

line of

things

and

sun

but
acute, it gives individualitj^,

very

obtuse, it gives

; when

broader

and

more

generous

mind.
QUADRANGLE.

THE

The
the

quadrangle,

lines of head
It

should
Its

center.

whether

as

interior

from

the

of

evenness

be

from

or

mind,

wide

shape,

should

head

space

between

(Plate XXIL).

in

even

implies, is that quadrangular

name

heart

and

be

its

smooth
the

and

ends, but
not

When

heart.
of

power

both

at

crossed

not

with

marked

intellect,and

loyalty

lines,

many

in this way,
in

the

at

narrow

it indicates

friendship

or

affection.
This

When
and

represents

space

bigotry,

within

excessively narrow,
but

more

in

regard

itself the
it shows
to

man's
narrow

religion

and

disposition

toward

ideas, smallness
morals, whereas

of
the

his fellows.

thought,
triangle

Cheird's

138

conservatism

denotes

is

this

sign,

remarkable

the

and

work

regards

as

of the

Language

hand

With

occupation.

the

of

Hand.

bigot

religious
this

having

always

people
tremely
ex-

space

narrow.

On

other

the

views

subject's

of

should
the

Sun

than

Saturn,

The

opposite

the

what

world

When
other

and

that

broadness

of

the

in

the

nature,

and

one

When
calm

the

is

his

the

do

to

in

is

smooth

little

lines

in

wide

abnormally

imprudent

and

of

every

the

Mount
or

other

the

of

tation.
repu-

is

in

people

"

reputation.

one's

and

ends

two

It

of

up

from

change

the

ance
appear-

narrow.

opinion

Jupiter

or

the

position,

is

is, the

good.

it has

name,

keep

it

own

under

space

narrow

carelessness

brain,

quadrangle

will

become

to

about

to

his

Again,

wider

Saturn

subject

mind

as

must

one

under

the

quadrangle

order

of

what

that

center

the

When

for

much

when

shown

broad

injustice.

When

anxiety

wide

it denotes

When
want

and

excessively

end,

views

intense

thinks,

and

wide.

too

too

the

is careless
is

this

be
in

prejudice

person

of
of

sign

will

balanced.

the

be

not

much

so

denotes

fairly equally

case

morals

narrows

it

must

space

and

religion

space

waist,

be

such

of

this

When

the

hand,

at

narrower

the
his

of

generosity

prejudiced.

its

entire
and

thought

length,
ideas,

it

denotes

tional
unconven-

an

way.

and

free

little

from

it

lines,

denotes

temperament.
When

full

YQvy

of

and

the

crosses,

nature

is

restless

and

irritable.
A

if it be

and

star

in

any

under

favorable

some

Under

Jupiter

it

Under

Saturn,

success

Under

the

between

Mount

the

of

portion

Sun

and

is

quadrangle

an

excellent

sign, particularly

mount.

promises

of

the

in

the

pride

and

worldly
Sun,

Mercury,

power.

matters.

success

success

in

fame

in

science

and

position
and

through

research.

art

CHAPTER

TEAVEL,

the

There

are

two

heavy

lines

on

hair-lines

that

leave

indication

is

similar

branch

Luna,

it

native

land

which

found

but

Luna,
and

worldly

in

but

journey,
When
result
On

the

in

the

When

line

Plate

ends

(/, Plate

Mount

of

line

of
will

of

the

of

line

then
fate

or

lines

does

improve,

not

the

the

to

if

the

of

his

from

told

Luna,

on

It

the

by

is

bracelet

first

times
some-

(Plate

travel-lines

shows

are

on

considerable
and

prosperous

advantage

any

great

any

one

Mount

lines

show

not

This

change

to

fate

these

of

subject.

similar

are

hand

journeys

than

rascette,

the

point,

subject

the

travels

These

base

little

XXII.).

the

great

that

th^

Luna.

the

the

to

the

in

extent,

change.

subject

loss

from

same

the

travel-line

the

the

the

(e-e,

the

of

Luna

with

ends

journey-line

disappointment
When

will

by

such

extend

in

is from

from

{j, Plate

dividing

important
or

other,

it

some

follows

more

important.
at

make

changes

Mount

point,

matters

When

minor

life

proceeding
will

far

with

One

voyages.
the

on

of

line

other

are

however,

same

the

Luna

travel

but

therefore

lines

the

more

When,
the

at

the

change

fortunate.

life

of

Mount

subject

life

of

into

much

beneficial

gained

the

long

rise

of

the

It

to

that

and

XXIL),

that

more

the

of

Venus,

line

the

of

that

another.

to

relate

line

to

foretells

in

change

the

around

goes

face

and

telling travels

of

ways

ACCIDENTS.

AND

VOYAGES,

distinct
the

XXV.

small

cross,

the

journey

will

end

XXII.).
in

ends
will
with

be

square,

it

denotes

from

danger

the

protected.

an

island,

no

matter

how

small,

the

journey

XXII.).
the

ascendant

the

hand

lines

from

the

rascette

are

the

most

beneficial.
When

the

line

crosses

and
139

enters

the

Mount

of

Jupiter,

'great

Cheiro's

140

position and

will

power

be

of the Hand.

Language

by it,and

gained

the

will

journey

also

be

tremely
ex-

lODg.
the

When

entire

the

govern

When
riches

it

and

will arise
When

of

When

the
the

but

for

is most

favorable, and

sudden

and

some

Luna

on

will

journeys

of

Saturn,

be

the

line

wrist, the

fatality will

some

promises

wealth

unexpected

and

more

that

on

of the

important

mount,

and

reach

than

those

mount

though they

not

may

XXII.).

and

ascend

with

travels

it,they denote

lines

droop

Ibe unfortunate

short, it

will

Plate
{Jc,

When

XXII.).

successful.

be

another, such

crosses

downward

curve

or

journey will

be

repeated,

reason.

such

on

square

how

lines

important

longer

horizontal

will

journey

of these

face

subject.

of these

matter

no

the

also

of fate

the

of any

cross

{g-g, Plate

country

enter

end

one

Any

show

line will

but

danger,

i^rotectionfrom

dent
acci-

misfortune.

or

If

Sun, it

Mercury,

short, heavy lines

upward,

When

of

lines

materially benefit

rise

they

the

they

When
toward

of the

Mount

horizontal

change

the

fate, the

by

will

of

it.

the

mdicated

that

Mount

to the

runs

from

relate to

Mount

journey.

it reaches

line

the

to

runs

celebrity.

When

the

travel-line

the

travel-line

break, it foretells

danger

some

journey {h-h, Plate

into

runs

the

line of

the

to

head,

head
or

and

causes

spot, island,or
such

malady arising from

some

XXII.).
ACCIDENTS.

I have
travel

and

life and
In

alluded

to

in relation

immediate

When,

first place, the


of

danger
from

an

life-line,
serious, if
When

than

such

at

island
not

disasters

other

any

accident

death,

follows

as

by

small

more

marked

of
on

the

line

of

the

line

of

to the

line

of

life denotes

more

Saturn,

on

are

treatment

point.

marked

fatal,danger

line ends

in my

considerably

travel,but

to

line of head
the

accidents

line

is indicated
cross,

falls

downward

{i-i,Plate

either

on

the

and

enters

the

XXII.).
line

of life

or

with-

Travel,

out

it, it

tells

that

the

have

will

subject

141

Accidents.

and

Voyages,

narrow

some

from

escape

serious

accident.

When

Saturn,

the

the

not

lower

so

that

the

or

line

from

to

the

life-line

the

of

base

than

of

danger
either

island

Mount

other

from

means

the

possessing

line

animals

from

more

Saturn

from

as

break

the

the

on

the

foresee

to

the

of

will

danger

the

marked

shock

serious

result

the

at

of

causes.

kind,

some

Saturn

on

or

down.

To

cut

line

down,

lower

occurs

will

accident

straight

Any
but

mark

same

head

exactly

be

direct

head-line
line

dangers
brain,

of

the

life
that

but

to

it

as

and
results

signify

not

it

but

such
unless

unless

the

mark

the

as

much

is

injured

line
when

as

has

person

indicates
line

difference,

accident

the

death

that

were,

this

with

apply,

itself,

does

denotes,

serious

rules

same

head

the

danger

approach,
no

the

time

fright
or

broken.

to

and

XXVI.

CHAPTER

TIME

In

and

accurate,

therefore

all

in
In

the

undergoes
of

the

find

we

in

"

the

that

the

unique

in

all ages

history

of

wonders

seven

of

seven

sections,

seven

is

the

entire

The

to

me

theory

that

functional
the
one,

age

healthy
through

and

the

the

also

advance

of

is

child

strong

change

sevens

the

likely

healthy
at

intermediate

and

twenty-one,
years.

to

it is

largely
seven

to

alike

example,
delicate

be

strong

at

matter

no

This

is
142

an

on

the
how

child

of

interesting

further

that

of

the

the

observation
the

student)

relation

age

he

or

point

in

to

on

of

will

seven

delicate

the

Bible

the

delicate

very

passing
age

is

the

their

in

seven

give

own

of

the

containing
in

to

My

part

the

each

subject

years.

Again,

minerals,

Again,

consideration

the

of

seven

body

this

it takes

humanity,

gods

the

stages

important
of

seven

the

system

forth.

so

superfluous

on

somewhat

For

by

seven

most

world.

the

but

for

taught

before

races

of

parts
of

every

colors, the

seven

three

are

body.

also

the

most

(simply

alternate

seven

bears
a

the

number;

sideration.
con-

entire

are

and

"

played

altars

divisions

seven

that

has

the

forms

brain

seven

the

her

or

standpoint

there

seven

instance, the

week,

that

that

human

seven

senses,

undergoing

of

the

of

seven

point

the

the

scientific
find

takes

seven

for

as,

his

being

as

I have

exceptionally

for
it

and

years

the

consider

advance

We

brain

number

important

changes

whereas

of

world,

and

most

system

leads

the

the

character

which

life.

seven

the

world

calculation.

every

dates

student

medical

that

the

days

seven

supposition

details.

the

of

the

planets,

change

existence

prenatal

of

the

to

with

from

point

complete

seven,

and

which

one

and

dealings

we

important
a

itself

upon

place,

It is

of

find

time

regards

as

it

system

SEVEN.

OF

recommend

mysterious

first

most

seven

her

system

elsewhere.

It is the
nature

use

mentioned

found

never

work

own

my

SYSTEM

THE

"

she

the

ing
pass-

twenty-

again

be

may

be

predictions

t^

Time

Tlie

"

relating

health,

to

and

reliable.
dates

with

those

usually

consulted

Plate

XXIII.

it will

great

divisions,

student
the

more

will

proceeding

there
of

the

palm

the

student

will

that

student

the

in

to

the

give

such

thing

student

lines

date

be

into

as

will

be

found

and

will

the

fate

the

of

simplest

the

and

the

stands

given

to

by
If

psychic.
his

divide

too

before

dates

increase

or

mentally

the

on

hand
It

of

if

impress

the

that

three

subdivisions

cannot

type

or

In

fate.
into
an-d

calculation.

reduce

To

palm.

fill in

between
and

hand

and

of

forty-nine,

class

difference

he

mind,
the

calculation
be

of

found

to

when

happen.

and

an

dates,
that

It

events.

discouraged,
divisions

smallest

life

and

most

in

scale

lines

the

cordance
ac-

into

plan

accurate

pursue.

the

will

in
of

it will

to

as

the

make

length

can

together,

accuracy

this

the

the

greatest

of
line

which

notice

tremely
ex-

giving

lines, however,

the

easily

more

but

sections

Into

those

are

divided

however,

spatulate

or

illustrated

When,
used

must
to

square

will

point,

the

dates,

have

thirty-five,

he

The

be

bear

with

as

mind

student

must

the

sections

in

attempting

or

that

reason

the

interesting

divided

important

most

to

that

twenty-one,

itself.

that

is,

reference

only

not
be

can

The

noticed

this

hand

strongly

in
be

found

have

143

Seven.

of

hand

the

on

accuracy.

namely,

keep

human

line

less

or

which

one

Every

System

is

illness

therefore,

they

or

not

an

gives
if

at

of

and

life

corroborate

therefore

Practice

subdivisions.

line

the

event

perfection

first

he

finds

after

place,
in

all

line

or

and

little

in

are

give

practice,
such

when

things

difficulty

fate

of

another

one

difficult,
took

the

and

not

the

dividing

the

let

PAET

ILLUSTEATIVE

III."

TYPES.

CHAPTER

WILL

deal

now

of

congregation
It

character.

is

character
It

takes

suicide

in

town

every

for

interest

If
"

like

I would

in

one

self

of

body

sea-shore,

or,

the

treatment

to

People

corpse
who

is

life, he

only

to

in

up

this

the

in

the

corpse

clay

it is the
"

consider

this

In

of

but

matter

of
are

144

night

the

apt

of

living
say

the

the

"

that
that

him
be

have

have
in

of

sand
It

dead

feel

such

too

the

seen

the

or

seen

sea.

makes

that

semi-

made

not

The

age

into

against

to

able
consider-

cannot

next,

go

itself.

borders

buried

and

cliffs

suicide

returns."

the

Why

has

of

tion
disposi-

before

has

the

to

countries

some

the

morgue.

suicide

to

voice

my

the

enlightened

the

over

brutality

which

it

the

act

of

gards
re-

variety

But

subject

traveler

so-called

I raise

this.

death,

no

world,

dead

bearing

the

study

an

grave.

the

that

of

such

this

type

as

direction.

that

or

it take

establishment

an

bourn

by

this

does

of
to

should

whose
that

The

as

temple

still,thrown

worse

lightly

reside,

may

so

example

remarks

strange

attend

dug

few

saint.

in

the

has

sign

dangerous

or

the

individual

each

peculiarity

or

tendency

watch

striking

from

not

to

suicide

the

the

the

Even

refuse

clergymen

or

idea

condemned.

highly

criminal

studies

outcast,

particular

evil

in

student

form

to

go
mark

An

the

help

to

distinct

one

nature.

make

very

country,

an

that

to

is that

semi-human

barbarous,

which

sense

any

that

the

make

to

me

undiscovered

her

is

formations

one

any

wheels

make

to

toward

In

of

variety

types

and

shows

merely

characteristics

farther

blight

or

SUICIDE.

illustrative

if ever,

seldom,

ON

WORDS

few

lines, signs,

ruin

to

power

with

FEW

I.

me

is

not

ing,
noth-

speak.

things

do

exist

not

four

1893,

of

case

nowadays
cases

for

analyze life if
I shall

know

minded

who

who

It is preposterous
what

that

is wrong,

knowing

There

is

of

of sorrow,

or

of

arrows

and
eyes,

with

suicide

absurd,

commits
it has

as

logic have

and

has
death

was

is

given

often

been

used
to

noblest

possible

courage,

mighty

angel

the

to

of

to the
seems

must

every

conclusion

that

whom,

desire,

the

slings

and

all

reference
idea

I have

the

that
side
in his

of the

life

suicides
the

"

to

people,

because

the

face

marvelous

the

case

mitted
Com-

"

show

an

of it

reason

question before

particular

known

all their

most

that

their

all

to

on

sure
mea-

with

see

understanding

The

not.

strongest fortitude,and

mystery

in

than

of

judge

we

necessarily be insane, is

to balance

in life.

used

as

insanity or

demonstrated

been

"

the

ble
rum-

dazzling

very-day phrase of the jury

mind,"

utterly

that

way

to

to

conduct.

like the

sensitive

their

with

be

pressure

not

child

our

or

been, in

may

more

do

we

those

right

of the

sufferer

then, should

Why,

is

have

such

in

keenly

I have

misfortune.

and

one

mind, under

more

the

to

prove

he

thing
the

the

way

to

it is weak-

contrary,

decides

senses

match

reserve?

that

the birth

am

attempting

without

which

sounds

of

if I

of

good

always

right

vision

understand

unsound

suicide

come

the

of

man
clergy-

get any

mentality from

and

are,

seems

room

become

and

to

lines of what

people, simply because

ears,

the

misery

narrow

affects the

same

exception

while

evidence

individual

that

their

also take

I must

whether

such

in

the

of

life,from

mental

fortune."

outrageous

On

class

we

What

striking

may

1894,

in

found

not

through

any

governing

same

the

anxiety,

condemn

hear

In

lightning.
of

the

York

be the

I have

life

that

do

which

in the

mail-cart, while

flash

and

pencil

would

different
of

to the

disease

in

point of suicide,even

suicide.

individual.

well-known

scratching of
of

laws

England

opinions freely and

set up

we

another, according

to

wrong

as

the

of the

development

to

should

we

complete ignorance of
the

his

skirts

the

to

on

stay in

impossible

for what

generally commit

hang

to

New

this

saying that

they belong

in

even

on

"

state

for

my

grave.

stress

not

criticized

that

found

prefer

did

145

During

almost

was

remarks

my

one

be

people

merely

the

over

lay considerable

must

severely criticized
to

actress, it

words

few

notice, and

my

Suicide.

on

not?

they

do

to

came

well-known

to say

but

"

Words

Few

the

search
the

dividual
infor

est
great-

greatest will in facing

long, they have

been

taught

Cheird's Language

146

to avoid

I have

dread.

and

known

not
few

suffered,but

because

that such

told

be it rest

could

person

wishes

or

the

the

and

barbarianism
mothers

many

How

thing
Alas

for

! thou

know

be, we

which

us

burial.

could

not

part

to

the
is

the

Almighty

poor

the

cried and
have

sobbed

raised defiant

man

the

of its

How

naut
Jugger-

the darkness

of the

that

heaven

to

nipotent
Om-

relic of

spirit?

wheels

beneath
eyes

the

the

of the

this

has

of

the

man

among

mouthpiece

suicides

beneath

Is it man,

tomb.

What

been

of peace,

to dictate to

everlasting torment
broken

ing
burden-

I have

kingdom

the

they

agony

yet

disease

suffer,and

afford ; and

presumption

many

of the

lot in that

or

incurable

an

because

children

of death, of
great Spirit of life,

thou

but

Christian

such

thy

not

thy design.
give

be

to

brothers

many

could

How

sisters have

many

receive

Not

right to elect himself

this fetishism

has

How

night ?

has thus

Unknown

condemned

martyrdom

lies beyond the silence of

has the

of the earth

mortals

scarce

why

no

of that which

judgments

of silent

sufferingfrom

they

have

deeds

noble

causing their

which

ghoul, 01 devil,I ask, who

or

they

and

"

were

which
it life,

be

or

sooner

expenditure

with

would

of persons

cases

months

ending life a
them

few

the most

afterward

performed by those who


have

known

of the Hand.

As
what

hast
we

name,

endowed
are

we

thy being, thy creation,or


and

man

nothing,forgive us
need

; and

the life,
the death, the
feufficient,

as

we

be

the
in

the

things ;

as

we

nothing, be

eternal of the soul.

all that

ultimate

man

shaped
all

is,of

all that

will

purpose

carrying out of
ask for

thou

to

us

nothing,
the

all-

11.

CHAPTER

THE

PECULIARITIES

hand

The

Mount

of

is

of

nature

be

morbid

the

sensitive

and

thousandfold,

The

such

same

Mount

who

will

the

disappointment
which

he

is

characteristic

sufficient
is time

to
to

The

think,

have

weighing

this

of

the

melancholy
every

side

to

the
and

gloomy
the

nature

that

life

the

fly

under

any

trouble

by

last

that

to

dividual
in-

an

or

resource

long.

so

(Plate

XXV.)

person

excitable

on

shock

trouble

is

all-

there

before

and

or

that

impulse

or

disposition,

pointed

sudden

the

only through
a

self-

well-developed

morbid

conclusion

head

such

of

done.

head

of

line
a

in

turn

question

is

the

very

of

for
147

life

and

he

the

keenly

and

of

Such
;

if he

he

will
be

mitting
com-

Such

line

Saturn.

will, however,

death,

subject's

sloping.

with

unusually

mind

the

abnormally

not

fully developed
life

of

case

closely connected

of

disappointments

of

but

To

line

have

satisfaction

with

sensitive,

excitability is shown

Jupiter,

and

of

result,

is

the

will

Mount

feel

of
when

however,

depressed

deed

is intensified

resignedly

line

so

XXV.

connection

for

is

nature

scandal

and

impulse

the

the

but

or

very

tive
sensi-

naturally

not

quietly

nature.

the

impart

opposite

person,

the

would

slightest provocation

of

is also

excessively

the

"

thought

same

the

developed

head

of

peculiar

Plate

the

to

line

so

drooping
the

of

suicide

will

and

cherished

denotes

to

in

come

the

and

head,

suicide,

by

found

living

him

excessively

hand

conic

worth

not

gives

thoroughly

determinedly

causes

has

The

give

for

exemplified

as

being

is

self

TENDENCY.

individual

trouble, grief,

any

injure

or

type,

will

circumstances

that

The

the

case

of

increases

so

inclination

indications

Saturn

of

kill

to

SUICIDAL

line

its base.

such

the

show

and
to

In

subject.

sloping

life,and

of

line

SHOW

toward

imaginative

so

martyrdom

the

even

WHICH

long, with

generally

with

or

HANDS

particularly

Luna,

connected

much

OF

life, a
a

ject
subwell

as

logical in

arrives

at

the

Cheiro^s

148

that

conclusion

he

in

will,

the

proceed

We

or

are

notice..

wakeful

our

he

all

the

pale,

side,

are

gone

in

face

worn

the

this

at

up

to

wasted

forever.

our

that

cheeks

the

of

Hand.

battle

the

and

end

an

arrives

wrapped

so

nights,
and

put

and

up

reasonable

to

before

suffer

is

game

most

Language

sensible

over

it

conclusion

What

is

interests

own

has

suffered

of

hunger,

scarcely
and

so

he

as

is

according

manner,

misfortunes.

all

far

as

affairs

patiently,
that

appear

concerned,
his

to

such

possible
that

the

for

will

person
to

estimate.

"hardly

we

hollow

point,
stand-

moment

eyes

see

of

by

Murder.

Propensitiesfor

150

of

points

murder

it divides

made

murderer

The

1st.

into

3d.
others

the

gratify the

to

that

nature

will

three

touched

though keenly

The

friendlv

on

natured

; the

that

nature

feeds

on

terms

with

in

of

drops

the

honey

life exhibited

for

feels in that
takes

consciousness,

is very

broken

by

such

and

will

sufferings of

the

victim

; the

person

the

"

who

by the sufferer,and

danger

pleasure

more

of

sense

who,

delight, and^

in such

than

work

The

will be

passion.
of head

heav}^

thick

"the

is found
of Venus

and

thumb.

the

and

called

the hand

line

hand

an

or

becomes

woman

deed

is

done, such

the blind
is

one

derer
mur-

thoroughly

be

may

provocation excites

some

the

man

individual

goodof the

fury

generally crushed

remorse.

cases

brute

it.

Such

when

The

ordinary.

kind-hearted, but

nature, and

In

not

danger,

circumstances.

and

animal

short

of moral

death

out

longings

to the

first class

by

the

the

in

gain it brings.

in the

to

deal

the

by

alive

lack

utter

and

it were,

will,as
be

with

tendency.

covetous

live

exhibited

kill,as

gain

disposition which

even

classes

""

that

cannot

different

distinct

very

to

of

one

picture from

revenge.

by the greed

so

utterly heartless

The

made

in order

nothing

at

stop

murderer

The

2d.

of

instinct

by the

so

creation,through passion, fury, or

brute

face

view.)

regards the hand,

As

finds in the

expressions one

different

many

It

The

thumb

in the second

is also

thumb"

than

more

ungovernable

be

phalange,

the

(Plate VIII.),very

abnormally

in such

large,sexual

the

the

on

first

approach

near

red, and

and

If in such

types.

be

will

greatest failing will

hand

be

the

that

; it will be

will

phalange

short,broad,

passion

per
tem-

characteristic,however,

low

set very
and

or

red, the nails short

remarkable

most

will

exception

unusually developed,

sign

short, thick, and

coarse.

without

bad

no

is,in fact,the elementary hand,

is

The

clubbed

almost

shows

and
cases

be what

this

square:

the Mount

destroyer
of

is

; when

ungovernable

temper.
In

the

second

class

striking peculiarity will


but

with

abnormal

decided

of

none

be

growth

the

these

line

upward

position,rising high

toward

of

points will
head,

which

(Plate XXIV.)

Mercury,

or

abnormal

be

will

be

; it will

far

before

; the

most

heavily marked,
be

found

it reaches

in

an

that

CJieird's

leaves

point it completely

it enters

stronger,

(See

subject.
page

96.)

long,

very

and

propensities,
third

The

it may

though

It is the

of
be

will

The

line
be

however,

depressed

either
will

committed
Such

reduced

every

detail.

thing

would

employ,
causes."

the

are

but

They
be

for

so

or

of

of

is the

the

IX.,
but

thick,

covetous

gives

pursuit

regard

hand
the

gain.
interesting,

most

itself.

will

curved

both

only by

side

of

this

be

the

thumb

ability

exists

be

ever,

hard

and

found

times

at

amination
ex-

long,
plan

to

be

nature

thin,

very

rarely, if

formation

be

the

it will

will

inward;

giving

such

It

will

There

crime.

to

treacherous

execution

usual

hand,
for

of

will
in

skilfully that

instincts.

The

the

on

of

the

crime

execution

the

"

in

artists

kill

poison
verdict

their

is the
is

will

but

Mount

when

very

long

of

Venus

may

such

and
be

subject

crime

will

desires.
Murder

crime.
which

victim

by

chief

usually

will,

be

high, the

animal

of

It

position.

depressed,

satisfying the

if ever,

eyes

When

high.

sake

art, in

rarely,
their

hand,

skilled

the

fine

the

very

of

its proper

of

out

across

the

sake

the

or

be

not

may

treacherous

hands

vulgar

thoughts

abnormally

nature,

slightly

although

simply

to

the

it were,

class.

the
the

the

developed,

than

for

more

is

persons

on

crime

commit

well

may

higher

set

in

it,as

II., Chapter

formation

features, however,

generally

necessary

head

Part

not

entire

in

that

leading

outward,

thin, denoting

very

with

first-mentioned
of

kind

head,

thumb

human

nature

characteristics

phalanges
of

the

of

subtlest

The

inclining

or

hands

be

the

of

connection

fingers

both

strength

bent

all

of

The

of

possession
or

come
be-

propensities

terrible.

the

in

line

conscience

student

most

of

the

long,

with

the

hand

the

to

the

discovered.

hand,
and

be

abnormal

nothing

will

class,

of

want

utter

an

the

the

as

impulses

generous

inward.

151

hand

right

hard, the

usually

Hand,

heart, takes

on

contracted

stiff,and

the

on

of

remarks

is

hand

line

all the

previous

The

place

the

masks

completely

thus

and

its

of the

Language

they

such

will

study

violence
"

Death

such

that

instrument
"

with

from

they

natural

IV.

CHAPTER

It

lias

is when
"

this

lunatic

"

1st.

the

upon

here

the

are

and

Melancholy

2d.

The

development

3d.

The

natural

given

following

the

sharp

first

the
to

the

Mount

interest

As

there

the

that

eccentricity
are

The

hand.

chief

title

the

forms

many

It

point.

of

ness,
mad-

types

that

madness,

hallucinations,

etc.

crank.

the

AND

line

down

on

abnormally

this, the

of

by

particular

some

madman.

case

low

curve

on

point

individual.

MELANCHOLY

In

mad

half-way

religious
of

INSANITY.

are

men

indications

many

consider

will

all

the

passes

is bestowed
there

that

said

been

madness

are

so

we

often

OF

PHASES

VAEIOUS

of

head,

the

Mount

imaginative

of

Venus

in

all

human

rule,

such

is

is

on

of

rather

broad

Luna,

very

of

temperament

things

and

descends

hand,
often

the

to

the

the

addition
the

of

Mount

noting
de-

base,

decreasing

lastly,

with

In

subject.

thus

developed,

well

not

natural

or

MADNESS.

EELIGIOUS

ject's
sub-

Saturn

dominates.
As

early

in

he

that
would

life

with

strong
which

possesses,

probably

itself, and

work

increases.

thus

starts.

Its

periods

balance

are

few

the

religious

off

and

then

far

the

hand

of

the

hallucinations

from

its

excess

At

grow

between.

first

and

relieve

this

is

longer

and
This

maniac.
152

the

into

only

longer,

until

the

the

itself, but

shown

is

He

morbid

if

commences

imagination

extraordinary

directed

if

imagination,

maniac.

religious

channel,

proper

opposed,

or

last

its

on

fits

and

in

occasionally
at

feeds

of

moments

melancholy

type

of

Cheird's

THE

This
distinct

types

In

of

type

the

and

nature,
invention
be

crush

to

attempt

which

he

successful, and

under.

The

which

whose

fact of his

he

out

will

he

might

would

of

work

to

to

thought,
the

But

will

the

he

slavery

excitement

der
un-

himself

turns

is

of his

weakening

he

end,

his

to

he dreams
the

of

the

to

extraordinary

from

secret, the

he

mankind.

some

in

labors, is the laboratory where, in

give

even

which

him

emancipate

ideas.

entirely foreign

one

power

in life where

benefit

thought

in secret

own

of its inventive

position

some

by intensity

and

very

daring originality,

dissipates its

It

occupation

some

having

two

extremely spatulate

an

multitude

which

all his current

success

confinement

by

nerve-power

by

on

denotes

well, and

be

to work

attempts

very

to the

discovery

man

with

conjunction

merely

only get into

could

or

in

possible direction.

instantly turn

you

it

ideas, all would

such

CEANK.

philosophic.

things, owing

subject

153

sloping line of head

very

great invention

some

the

THE

found

commencement

many

off those

might work
world

too

if the

I say,

and

itself in every

show

by attempting
Again

the

OF

generally

spatulate

At

formation.
which

is

type it is the

first

will

DEVELOPMENT

madness

the

"

of the Hand.

Language

out

mad.

"

The

next

of

curve

the

type
line

the

is

of

head

philosophic formation.

In

leans

toward

the

from

first to

last ; he

theory
and

he

the

mark

of

the

he

weak

"

all

he

of

gets there

"

For

enjoyment

point
is the

others

the

of

life,even

fanatic

public

to

the

lost.

It

feverish

object

he

food,

in

He

well,

means

point, doctrine, or

circumstances,
subject

that

never

knows
that

anxiety

the

accentuated

an

eventually the madman,

whatever

this

sudden

non-success,

the

pass

half-way

lunatic.

is not

works

on

make

who

person

by

of mankind.

unfavorable

but

shown

with

and

crank, and

religion,his is

only

it is his

again

Luna,

in the salvation

become
be

are

this

the

case

requires

eccentricity and

contrary,

heaven

It

of

Mount

is,however,

advances.

his

this

extraordinary

indifference

If

the

on

is

This

philosophic.

day
terrible

for
and

of

the

secret

he

wishes

of
to

which

others

night; he

haste

the

to

melancholy
the

alone

makes

accomplish

on

of

kingdom

be

denies

when

him
himself
his

ceptional.
ex-

the

desire;

Phases

Various

154

the

brain

and

becomes

and

more

off

more

NATUEAL

THE

Malformation

and

In

the

In

number

of

the

on

lunatic

often

two

classes

body,

and

classes

by

of

that

them

up

rise

stndy

the

hopeless

head,

formed

other

but

moments,
I

have

in

has

quantity

of

short,
the

of

never

wavy

line

hand.

the

class.

such

known

of

line

In

life

on

any

of

this

recovery.

the

brought
quality

to

case

result.

head,

in

and

Mars,

all

cross

formation

the

it

rare,

being

of

instead

running

this

denotes

extremely

are

is

branches

With

type

in

"

the

type

been

or

ever
what-

hope

any

subject

idiot

hopeless

this

Such

red

any

the

that

of

gives

never

either

the

and

inside

side

opposite
and

This

denotes

line

sloping

wide,

insufficient

of

made

is

than

sane

which,

type,

"

division

short

more

brain

find

hair-lines.

little

the

line,

generally

last

with

second

continuous

are

more

lunatic.

intelligence,

control

or

this

for

distinct

two

generally

we

and

or

world

the

Mars

class

reason

into

vicious

the

of

islands

of

govern

becomes

man

"

first

the

of

into

the

MADMAN.

responsible

is

brain

divided

be

can

that

entirely

the

of

hand,

the

idiot,

and

balance,

its

mad.

more

of

Insanity.

of

to

directions.

the

and

be

noted

with

other

nails

the

are

vicious

quarrelsome,
will

that

regard

there

to

the

CHAPTER

V.

MODUS

the

In

subject,

first
that

so

advise

that

of

is

because

merely

In

hands.

extremities

of

the

lines

the

directly opposite,
the

the

type
in

or

hands

then

occurred

X)n

all

so

forth,

this

or

that

~^'

Hold

mark

will

event

whatever

till the

the

blood

such

left

take

every
The

speaking.
whether

the

By
to

the

basis

of

before

coming

th(
sequently
con-

subject
hands

at

the

carefully

with

the

examine

palm,

the

left

have

changes

reading.

your

loss

illness, death,

day,

both

and

it

at

the

notice

modifications

hand

the

examine

carefully

next

and

that

stronger

of

keeping

consciously
un-

successful

but

placing

first
in

are

the

is

blood

as

subject

sunrise,

fatigue

examination,

class;

as

of

also

would

of
to

fortune,
the

marriage,

conclusion

that

place.

hand

you

are

flows

into

it

examining
will

you

firmly

this

by

see

in

press

yours;

the

means

the

line

or

tendencies

of

growth.
Examine

firm

position

promises

"

its

better

what

right

points,

what

see

the

the

fingers

both
for

hour
the

proximity,

necessary

distinct.

the

see

"

of

and

distinct

right

make

important

and

to

attention

of

after

the

to, whether

the

and

there,

with

proceeding

to

than

is in

close

his

opposite

hands.

in

the

circulation

colored

student

relate

turn

the

more

belong

themselves

hand,

^^^

In

time.

same

are

advocate

the

sit

or

the

himself

seat

on

absolutely

morning

early

to

directly

distract

they
that

fact

the

the

in

India

student

stand

to

time

special

no

fall

will

person

the

may

allowed

be

third

There

reading

light

person

advise

would

good

no

palmist.

place,

OPERANDI.

or

palm

it

is

supple,
:

note

of

portion

first

whether

it

whether

it

hand

should

point

long, short,

the

or

is
is

poorly
strong

hard,

^back, front, nails, skin,

"

be

examination

the

developed
or

soft,
155

weak.
or

of

whether

Then

flabby.

the

the
turn

color

before
"

thumb

will-phalange

your

attention

see

is
to

I would

the

long

that

the

remark

you

short, thick

or

they represent,

type
notice

Then

advise

next

whether

palm,
to

nails

if

or

their

for

mounts

which

: see

mount

lines.

the

There

proceed

to

the

plan, however, is

best

then

proceed

line

the

to

be

they

is

fixed

to

start

of

head,

them
class

hand,

the

the

the

line

lines
of

finger.

attention

your

line

line

the

destiny,

; and

health

the

to

examine

to

of life and

health.

then
first ;

combined,

of

heart, and

on.

but

need

you
that

with
a

read

take

be

If t;aisbe

the

contrary,

frier: dliness

it will

; if you

Above
will

all

in

have
a

the

highest

our

hands

sins

the

of the

things
Let

before

be

us

in

earnest
we

that

keys

of

fathers, the
that

have

enemies,

not

in

of

examine
If

we

see

or

your

for

sake

the

you.

you

thankful

for

you

entire

consults

distress

mysteries
of the

the

shadow
that

we

faults, let

of

find

of

on

their

of argument.

this

us

things

to

remember

let

more

light of

it

it

are

we

mancy
cheiroyou

amusement,

but

and

hold

within

hereditary laws,

of the

cause,

of

worthy

one

aright, we

the

the

balance

be.
used

work.
us

learn

to

; you

difficult than
an

research,

be

crown

crime,

it

effect

knowledge
may

see

In

life.

knowledge

expect

study

we

past, the
of

success

If

If

give.

of this

you

in the

not

"

can

if

must

if you

earnestly

karma

others.

neither

thought, patience

you
the

day,

dismayed

it

humble

who

friends, be

argumentative

be sympathetic

hands

Let

tire

in handling

must

whose

person

never

meet

be

things, you

impatient in the pursuit

not

been,

would

you

careful

as

first, of self last.

careful,then,

work,

the criminal.

you

be

Consider

talents

work,

you.

not

entailing depth

it will

Be

natures.

the

to

plainest truths,

so.

person

their

benefit

some

your

work

Be

of

all

in every

feelings,and

If

language

imagined.
work

meet

things, be

hour.

an

of

sustain

of your

learn

not

good,

to be

as

you

Above

machinery.

tell the

can

by doing

before

humanity

lives,their

foundation

Think

of

piece

their

to do

of

piece

consultant

your

deepest possible interest

the

into

; enter

hurt

or

delicate

fine and

ambition

the

shock

not

complicated

of

individual

disposition, and

the

to

as

the

to

whole, according

each

turn

Speak honestly, truthfully,yet carefully. You

as

proportion

greatest prominence

rule

with

as

temper,

on

have

no

"

entire

the

their

fingers

mixed,

bearing

mounts

or

the

thin ; class

or

Finally, after carefully examining

so

Operandi.

Modus

156

Let

consider
are

aright. Let

not

us

the

us

examine

temptation

perfect.

be
self
of

IV.

PART

"

THE

APPARATUS

FOR

THOUGHT

PHOTOGRAPHY

than

more

and

in

atmosphere
by

I made

When

an

opinion

and
exist

through
E.

force

be

at

could

rest

at

distance

those
to

as

such

it at

on

in

was

distance

there

be

in

out

until

of
and

use

beginnings
at

last,

infancy then,
who

few

practical

any

such

from

of

were

invent

for

about

an

in

two
158

five

years

of

it

the

but
could

he

years
ago,

he

of

wrote

had

needle

of

will

been
metal

trating
concen-

feet.

although

thought

savant,
I

which

strong

did

force

before

on

Herder,

French

three

to

two

way

only

so

such

which

person

apparatus

nearly

that

apparatus

and

do

not

years

an

degrees, by

its

the

influenced

and

well-known

Sciences, Paris,

ten

days, yet

small

on,

of

in

ether

Abercrombie,

some

invented

des

did

as

the

that

knew

had

Academic

machine

think

labored

gentleman

the

little

perfected

who

and

this

the

with

proof

friend,

my

such

tangible

by

d'Odiardi.

attention

it in

made

of

ago,

years

scientists

time

variations

and

21).

some

that

at

Savary

moved

This

had

force, which

marks

in touch

alluded

have

unknown

an

medium

less

that

caused

the

or

more

of

noticed

be

body

through

was

writings

experiments

before

his

far

that

exhibited
could

for

the

statement

the

will

generating

16, 19, and

pages

on

brain

also

being

this

based

others,

Monsieur
this

(see

the

that

human

every

it

work

through

but

body,

another

one

of

radiations

its

the

idea

the

this

of

pages

to

once

only by

not

on

earlier

the

REGISTER

FORCE.'

CEREBRAL

In

AND

scientists

would
brain

not

be

the

so

man

satisfied

jDatiently
triumphed

be

ever

of

veled
mar-

to

worked

over

all

and

Thought Pliotography
constructed

obstacles,and
machine

he

thought

in

had
the

diUerent

in

register360

attention

his

various

he

to

has

and

been

certain

make

the

person

only being able


From

first

action

to

of
ten

move

time

that

registeringneedle

he

on

with

to

of diseases

cure

fined
con-

people

of

he
act

has
as

this

on

been

the

observation

the

"

effect

cases,"

of

guide

in

watching

the

indications

June,

18

96, I had

the

honor

of

result

The

singular apparatus.

able, by

incurable

reputed

ample opportunitiesof watching


diseases

that

rules

the

hospitalfor

had

temperaments

of his work

every

of

of the

159

of temperament.
idiosyncrasies

In his electro -medical

by ordinary means,^

with

movement.

one

observations

to

and

emotions

showed

which, instead

brain, and

degrees,could

and

invented,

Force.

completely eclipsed the

which

apparatus

an

Cerebral

Register

this

of

instrument.
On

Professor
;

and,

the

it

upward

or

in
''

who

may

the

sake

of

hundreds

this

in

by

approached

it under

the

brain.

This

is also

paralyzed,yet
will

addicted

neuro-muscular

to

The

of

with
sorts

him

in

in

ratus
appa-

and

ditions
con-

the

use

of

tion.
field of observa-

and

experiments

day

assisting
this

all

Street,and

in my

hands,

since

have

then

with

connection

act

the

as

long

Nottiagliill

influence

habit

of

of certain

the

He

having
the

in his

has

the

force

experiments
that

though

entire
needle

demonstrated

also

drugs

to

action

Street, London,

of
W.

the

known

SDinal

with

injure

the
the

uninjured

recourse

reflex

Hospital, 30 Silver

is

by

drugs

fact that

brain

the

before.

as

Gate

Professor

the

as

is influenced

machine

proved by

agents,"depressersof
'

with

of

me.

needle

the

of

scope

in Bond

rooms

my

is shown

be

collaborate

to

me

brain

the

instrument

subjects

obtaining charts

from

made
to

in connection

might enlarge his

he

visited

that

proof

stupefythe

body

experiments

thirty to forty times

of

who

radiatingfrom
people

notes

instrument

people

The

that

in order

placing

brought

various

the

for
finally,

machine,

tested

various

with

people,he requested

After
I

in

London,

to

d'Odiardi

of

this

return

my

that
as

cord,

Language

Cheird's

160

such

chloral, chloroform, bromide

as

produce (by looking

the

at

registeringneedle

in the

of

absence

out

that

the

ingestion and

also

that

with

the

of

transmission

the

form

it is

Not
of

effect

an

; i. e.^

by

Thus

of food.

or

impaired by

intoxication

of drink

bral
cere-

point

to

is such

only

to

drugs

of such

use

intensityof

kind

apt

of them

succession

the

by

agents.
any

and

effect of drunkenness

stupefying

by

in the

stimulants, whether

of

excess

of those

drugs, but

or

less

the

by thought-force seeming

and

thought

assimilation

toxic

produced by

produced

of

production

the

is interfered

radiation

the

the

deflection

demonstrating

; thus

Hand.

potassium, etc., are

of

instrument)

radiation

external

by

force

the

of

an

is the

voracityscientifically
proved by

this

registeringapparatus.
The
is

caused

by
the

(during

of

needle
with
a

in

the

is to

the

fact

of

shares.
holder
moment

to

twenty

myself,

the

of

that

No
of

one

many
the

and
fall
knew

in

thousands

drop

in

the

of
value

the

endowed

person
deflections

from

been

time

quoted by
in the
stood

gentleman

the

same

of

South

gentleman
pounds
was

made

Machine

conversation

value
the

deflect

to

ity
vicin-

is raised.

needle

at

even

time

"

one

worth

mentioned

of

at

these
the

the

"

of

find

other

it
the

some

persons

mentioned

the

Company's

machine

shares

man's

Answers

World";

Chartered

African

looking

them

by

in front

several
of

time

to

endeavoring, if possible,to

and

casual

that

has

Wonderful

About

the

the

likes
dis-

he

person

/ if in the

and

movements

that

one

occasion

action

in

power

from

needle

feet.

Most

power.

no

single look

is

one

upon

its

room,

sudden

there

by

has

interestingexperiments

its
criticising

explanation
entered

entitled,"The

effect

instrument

two

idiot

an

vicinityof

denoted

the

over

jealousy, hatred

envy,

lose standard

to

variety of

cause

many

and

article

an

that

subject

by

in the

standard

apparatus, whereas

of from

inventor

the

demonstrated

brain-power may

Among

loves

or

tested

instrument

the

by

likes

also

the

distance

the

he

has
in

subject being

is shown

person

He

fit).

in

power

(afterthe fit),and

violence

anger,

hates

or

of deflective

diminution

same

; but

mental

was

at

the
the

emotion

U.

caused
the

indicator

the

Another
whether
this

half

least

greater
the

by

will

be

less

one

who

found

loves

machine.

than

the

instrument,

lost

degree,according to

the

most

will

person

"who

produced

been

has

effect that

of

out

registeringneedle,

the

over

power

the

while

; in

together for

the

loves

who

one

made

left

are

other

the

charts

they

determine

can

one

more

After

the

on

have

to

which

separately,and

again tested,and

are

person'spresence.

hundreds

this

with

the

by

that

of

registerone

it.

by
in

is

tested

greater influence

or

other

But

of

have

to

the

loves

they

is

are

rapidly,and

move

recorded

been

there

persons
shown

hour

an

two

to

experiment
people

two

movements

be found

in

of

the

case

their

curious

out

has

that

highest numbers

machine

the

in

161

Force.

Cerehral

Hegister

TJiouglitPliotograpliyand

of

wonderful

Vanity Fair^

invention, w^hich
December

interestingmachine

be

cited

summed

up

interesting
experiments might
have

been

17, 1896, in which

really seems

he
the

bridge

to

in connection

by

"This

says:

curiously

between

gulf

editor

the

and

mind

matter."
The
hundreds
in

accompanying

illustrations

of charts

that

have

strikingway,

what

very
of

persons

widely

who
Phillips,
African

South
the

has

Kev.

different

played

made

from

difference

such

an

Wakefield.

this

random

at

instiument
in

No.

the

is that

of

These

well-known

and

of

they show,
of

Mr.

connection

London

good examples

are

is that

two

Lionel
with

clergyman,

of what

different

the

from

radiations

important part recentlyin

entirelydistinct
strong personalities,

call two

almost

exists

temperaments.

No.

affairs.

Russell

been

taken

are

in

one

would

magnetism,

will-power,etc.
One
is

of

tested

appendix).
stands
is clear

at

extraordinary conditions

most

whatever

contact
fliy^ical

no

end

of the

distance

within
and
of from

In
a

the

regular

foot to

dry, a
ten

required{^qq

person
to

feet

two

of

twenty

Pall

of

course

of

of the

the

Mcdl

instrument

is that

article
Gazette.^

experiments

strong will may

feet.

machine

the

; but

influence

there
at

the

person

to

if the

phere
atmos-

the

be

needle

C heir el's

162

There

are

with

nication

the

body,
of

in

have

off

before

end

by

the

of

the

of

influence

mind

In
the

yet the
name

then, the

realize?

from

action

of

the

needle

by
but

body,

machine
other

any

and

one

due

was

denser
con-

themselves

this

moved

the

the

for
in

was

through

upon

this

netism,
mag-

to

all
force

in

if the

the

affect

not

we

would

convince
the

affect

thoughts

our

days

few

beino^ tested

importantly

more

of

England,

machine

only

not

but

radiation

must

so

machine

of

seeinsr the

after

matter,

over

Church

the

in

one

of

influence

of

this

needle
and

thoughts, ideas,

of
lives

us."
may

then

its

continual

We

in. his

prisoner
and

the

legend,

soul,

as

its
if

the

not

in

that

write

For

more

nerves.

prison-house

Such

"

; for

power

should

divines

written,

was

conclusion,

very

needle

radiating
the

tested

force,

brain

plays

unbelievers

greatest
the

the

commu-

tested.

mind

of

around

peripheral
force

that

said

much

how

those

admitted

leading

mind

over

metal,

force

person

ways,

h^ve

it odic

from

atmosphere,

electric

or

be

"

radiates

the

that

prove

unknown

article

that

The

to

agent

People

machine.

way

operator,

unknown

throiiQrh

manner.

Hand.

^he

by

subtle

more

passing

every

this

this

variety

his

sensitive

in

One

of

this

the

in

given

the

that,

but

agency

still

and

tried

the

needle, except

conceivable

every

have

the

something

or

employed

magnets

no

of, the

Language

deeds

of

the

dungeon
to

be

captive

action

not, and

know

past

or

not,

the

body,

past trials,its future


there

be

soul, then

things, its past joys, its present

sorrows,

the

is

dreams

the

the

case

deeds

the

be

through

the

this

around
be.

him

May

it will

not,

be

of

it what

its

day

some

spirit,conscious
"

And

fleshly walls

that

future

unseen

future.

stones

may
the

on

it,being
and

the

needle

why
the

of

on

write

hopes,

hand

know,

write
as

this

moves

the

never

or

often

that

marks

may

will

read
in

force

very

of
it

all

may.

Cheieo.

THE

HAND

OF

Plate

XXV.

SUICIDE.

HAND.

BABY'S

Plate

XXVI.

THE

HAND

OF

MADAME

Plate

SARAH

XXVH.

BERNHARDT

THE

HAND

OF

Plate

MARK

XXVHI.

TWAIN.

THE

HAND

OF

MADAME

Plate

XXIX.

NORDICA.

THE

HAND

(the

OF
painter

THEO

JOHN
of

the

Plate

"living

XXX.

DORfi

BENTLEY.

CHRIST".)

THE

HAND

OF

COLONEL

Plate

ROBERT

XXXL

INGERSOLL.

THE

OF

HAND

Plate

W.

XXXni.

T.

STEAD.

THE

HAND

OF

THE

RIGHT

HON.

Plate

XXXIV

JOSEPH

CHAMBERLAIN,

M.

P.

THE

HAND

OF

(Illustrativeof hereditary

CHAMBERLAIN,

AUSTEN
tendencies,

Plate

see

XXXV

hand

ESQ.,
of his father,

M.

Plate

P.

XXXIV

THE

HAND

OF

MRS.

Plate

ANNIE

XXXVI.

BESANT.

THE

HAND

OF

THE

LORD
LORD

RUSSELL

Plate

CHIEF
OF

XXXVII.

JUSTICE
KILLOWEN.

OF

ENGLAND.

THE

HAND

OF

THE

Plate

COUNTESS

XXXVni.

OF

ABERDEEN.

THE

HAND

OF

SIR

JOHN
Plate

LUBBOCK,

XXXIX.

M.

P., F. R.

S.

THE

HAND

OF

SIR

FREDERICK

Plate

LEIGHTON,

XLI.

P.

R.

A.

THE

HAND

OF

SWAMI

Plate

VIVEKANANDA.

XLH.

THE

HAND

OF

Plate

E.

M.

XLHI.

CURTISS,

ESQ.

THE

HAND

OF

THE

REV.

Plate

C.

XLIV.

H.

PARKHURST,

D.

D.

THE

LEFT

HAND

OF

Plate

XLV.

LADY

LINDSAY.

THE

RIGHT

HAND

OF

Plate

SIR

ARTHUR

XLVI.

SULLIVAN.

THE

RIGHT

HAND

OF

Plate

LADY

XLVn.

HENRY

SOMERSET.

THE

RIGHT

HAND

OF

Plate

XLIX.

MADAME

MELBA.

THE

RIGHT

HAND

OF

CHARLES

LORD

Plate

L.

BERESFORD.

THE

RIGHT

HAND

("THE

OF

MR.

WILLIAM

PROVIDER,"

VNIVERSAL

Plate

LI.

WHITELEY.

LONDON.)

THE

RIGHT

HAND

OF

GEN.

SIR

Plate

REDVERS

LII.

BULLER,

V.

C,

K.

C.

B.

THE

RIGHT

HAND

OF

REV.

Plate

LHI.

MINOT

J. SAVAGE.

THE

RIGHT

HAND

(TRESIDKNT

OF
world's

Plate

H.

N.

COLUMBIAN

LIV.

HIGINBOTHAM

EXPOSITION.)

ESQ.

THE

HAND

OF

THE

(Right

RIGHT

Hand,

W.

HON.
full

life

E.

GLADSTONE.

Ei7.o.)

"i-M

APPENDIX.

OPINIONS

THE

OF

EXTRACTS

FEW

regard

has

told

certain

to

and

past

my

coming

Duke

immediate

which

events

of

he

Indeed,

Cheiro,

the

of

mystery

the

Sir

have

been

struck

much

future

by

has

recalled

my

is the

with

not

the

invisible.

power.

Marryat.
hand

than

accurately

more

could

from

done

have

myself.

memory

Lieutenant-Colonel

Cheiro

is

really

Ponsonby.

marvelous.
Florence

Cheiro
far

especially

accuracy,
known.

Wolf.

extraordinary

my

have

visible,

Drummond

Henry

from

past

wonderful

possibly

not

Florence

Cheiro

v.'ith

Wilde.

world

Cheiro's

AUTOGRAPH-BOOK.

Newcastle.

could

Oscar

PUBLIC.

AND

CHEIRO'S

PROM

The

Cheiro

PRESS

as

was

myself

can

remarkable

very

see)

the

in

Fenwick

his

am

more

than

of

probabilities

astonished

life.

my

subject

is

has

mapped

certainly

out

the

desei'ving

has

inspired

me

with

rooms

are

and

surroundings,

crowded
"

and

no

(as

wonder.

marvelous.

most

calm

T.

M.D.

Cooper,

characteristics
and

scientific

Melton

Cheiro

His

my

"

leading
of

character,

my

Roosevelt.

marvelous

Robt.

Cheiro

of

knowledge

Blanche

Miller.

veneration

for

of

my

past

life with

great

study.

Prior.

palmistry

to

an

appalling

extent.

accuracy.

The

Appendix.

Cheiro

regard

with

told

only

not
to

the

me

my

marvelous

Cheiro

things

proved

tell,been

life,but

my

also

likely predictions

most

future.
Fuller

Loie

The

of

incidents

leading

A.K.C.

Blake,

Everard

Rev.

be

to

read

absolutely

have,

in 1890

palm

in my

to

more

surprise than

my

cai:

true.

"Rita."

astonished

has

Cheiro

description

his accurate

with

me

life during his reading of

of my

mv

hand.
John

told

Cheiro

Your

life from

past

my

is

palm-reading

Mrs.

Frank

it

helps

well

as

is

that

exposed

this accuracy,

still I

moved

EXTRACTS

is

wonder.

back

traced
career,
true

what

bent

to

My
to

their

be.

The

having thoroughly
me

lose

some

of

money,

for if Cheiro

the
when
can

had

with

Wilcox.

Melba.

Twain.

first
exact

convinced

August

Home,"
hand

my

people

was

to

cold
be

read

the

of his claims

and

mai-ry,

past,

my

health

my

dark, mysterious future.


I shall

as

he

told

character,

me

I ought not

accuracy.

to

confess

when

my

upon

I know
I shall

undoubtedly

I alone

never

ambition

My
in

bent,
and
my

and

in what
attain
can,

I shall

success.

why

should

At

and

he

die, in what

least
not

solutely
ab-

I feel
read

as

the

and

choosing

eventually
then

intelligence,proceeded

and
year

in

hesitation

given

so

analyzed

were

I should
was

never

given swiftly and

it,was

life,my

past

minutely,

emotions

what

in the
time

so

know

can

described.

true
now

4.

before, but
as

were

PRESS.

AMERICAN

and

imagined
of

humiliating

AND

of my

state

with

me

ENGLISH

various

beginnings.
at

perfect

or

discretion.

it.

Hearth

detail

relations

I had

do

to

I have

correctly. Every
unerringly.

to

FROM

"

Cheiro

less of

and

trust

I say.

can

more

character

my

am

by

mysterious skill

this

of

astonishes.

as

iconderful, what

has

possession

your

Wheeler

Mark

Cheiro

aceui-acy.

Leslie.

Madame

Cheiro

absolute

most

accompanied

Ella

Cheiro

the

with

startlinglytrue

so

inspire fear, were

well

faculty might

my

Winter.

Strange

hand

year

find

Cheu-o,
to

read

I shall

if I knew
future

my

it,

past is

The
the
Men

book

open

is clear

present

to

as

of

his

while

all

grades

Cheiro's

mission

is the

and

successfully,
far

as

the

lines

as

of

on

the

which

hundreds

lines

he

science

Cheiro

had

did

correctly

upon

my

even

has

line

every

Cheiro's

read

in this

the

submitted

things

I had

without
where

you

is

visit

there

any

of

name

Cheiro

to

your

past

your

of

appreciative

to

names

time),
life-

hesitancy.

been

but

his

inner

life

is

fraught

thoughts

and

quiLtly narrated,
in

mystery
each

all

and

one

The

and

his

he
;

by

palmist

from

tell

what

to

and

is not

reads

the

you

and

hand
what

why.

i^eason

of the

women

so

tune-teller
for-

your

explains exactly

gives

men

me

minutely,

so

He

simply
He

intuition

the

day.

during

past, the

strikes

the

all

present,

the

nor

tains
main-

season,

those

who

have

future

of

the

him.

to

13.

and

"

able

before.

extensively visited

for

it

explained

days

scientific

it is

candidly

the

future

carefully explains

theory concerning

few
either

as

interest, for

calmly

we

29.

October

predictions

Cheiro

this, as

from

so

much

with
character

past he

my

marvelous

Lady,"

hand

is indicated

as

been

one

any

another,

crosses

mysteries

brain

success

compliments.

any

Neither

veiled

of his

has

pose

October

has

of the

hand

reporter's
it is the

from;

10.

not

or

Morning

reads

ours.

with

you

The

he

development

never

testimonials

Society,"

with

one

doing only

does

it ends

be

but

of

salon

to

seem

he

examination.

his

to

dealt

of

connected

science,

whose

palmist,

cheiromancy
themselves

have

their

his

during

particle

no

6.

September

paying

is filled with

"

to

afl"xed

is the

England

thought
least

at

"

manner,

perfect strangers

most

hands

of

with

acknowledgment

time,

many

"

that

have

Any

of

Pelican,"

little detail

autograph-book

Cheiro

He

right

The

Every

shows

means,

hand.

the

letters

The

thought-reader

straight-forward

July

concerned.

fame

to

hands

certain

or

in

is unraveled

future

profession

of

thousands

some

Morning,"
of

are

He

known

yesterday.
;

has

the

basis.

it

traces.

people

The

scientific

"

I have

read

achievements.
"

make

(he

noon,

letters, scientists,and

of

notices

an

13-

August

"Life,"
Cheiro

theory

decidedly

novel

forth, all the

set

experience

chief

confidently pronounced.

eveiy

which

line

he

as

certainly

of

events

Nor

proceeds, giving
works

out

with

is
the

ling
start-

exactness.
"

How

far

say,

but

that

had

changed

however
at

his

palmists
Cheiro
in the

anxious

microscopic

be

may

read
last

to

that
few

decry

permitted
the

years

the

dehneation,

whole

by

it is idle

slow,

Power

higher

conditions

palmist's art,
in

19.

October

Woman,"

to

deny

can

let

well-chosen

that
;

but

Cheiro

words,

to
must

read

the

necessarily

setting past
read

future

their

of one's

and
hands

is not

for

affect

my

future

future

aside,

without

disposition,

one's

no

me

to

life
one,

marveling
inner

self.

Appendix.
He

tells

aspirations which

and

ambitions,

points, points

of weak

one

clever
there

in

belief

Palmist,
is truth

and

Palmistry

in

your

asking
the

paper

question

life and

or

the

article

"The

It would

by

sorcerers,

whose
to

hands

who

showed

we

the

people

Cheiromancy,

Cheiro

has

wonderfvil

of

The

Recorder,"

New

also

of the

Sunday

; there

is

Cheiro

London,

Cheiro

is

the

London,

is

which

the

people,

impressions

out
with-

and

of hands

on

accuracy.

he

of

read

the

the

him

giving

old

Egyptian

lives

the

of

people

slightestclue

as

Advertiser,"

New

York,

absorbed

power,

that

he

2.

science.

exact

an

destiny

the

each

October

the

possesses

The

hand

contains

epitome

an

man.

unusual

from

29.

and

sources

faculty

in

blood

of many

Brahmans

and

the

for

converted

days

four

the

New

York,

knowledge
human

reading

of

acquired
nature

to

greatest

hands

and

up

skeptics

to

and

everybody
is

belief

male

witch

history

makes

in

anybody,

was

19,000.

palmistry

is

who

have

would

strange

as

up
"

at

in

New

least

as

He

fession.
pro-

lived

Street,

Bond

in his

been

his

cosmopoUtan.

him

of '92 turned

summer

who

18.

Cheiro's

in his veins
in the

of

date

to

magician,

Mather.

flows

12.

February

necromancer,

years,

the

read

hand-reading

of Cotton

nations

November

York,

and

of his

Press,"

wizard,

stake

New

rage,

aggregate

method

of

it.
"

Cheiro
years

stranger.

descendant

were

October

York,

awaits

World,"

was

The

veritable

at the

The

domg

that

17.

without

which

doubt

no

"The

among

believe

26, 1893.)

with

paper,

well-known,

to

degree.

including royalty.

burned

November

ease

on

of

any

wonderful

December

uncanny

inclined

from

read

most

palmists, Cheiro,

of

almost

impressions

"The

In

World,

Journal,"

him

extraordinary

peculiar \rays

York

visit to that

be

life of

Cheiro
the

ourselves.

World."

positions in

with

cherisli ; of fancies,

to

accurately by

so

York

bush,

by

must

one

read

"New

the

practised by Cheiro,

as

record, and
"

in

be

can

but

one

confirmed

be,

those

as

were.

"

of the life's

and

25.

been

person

New

prince

remarkable

February

may

the

or

about

Morning

if this

as

seem

the

the

of each

characteristics

(See

by

names

beating

any

past

tested

either

knowing

every

you

life

well

from

of it has

skeptical

when

Palmistry

truth

the

Cheiro

Without

Review,"

However

Cheiro.

hidden

thought

we

"Whitehall

My

guard against, as

to

of age,

has
and

studied

the

last year

Current

hand
his

rooms

Literature,"
from

in

purely
New

Bond

February
scientific

1.

standpoint.

Street,London,

were

He

is

just twenty-six

filled with

the

most

Appendix.
fashionable
has

written

one

entertained

was

books

valuable

two

or

Eoosevelt's

in Blanche

described,

he

and

people,

indications

mere

and

when,
be

why

character,

to

people

goes

failure

prevent

alone

you

as

the

influences

his

tour

they

India,
the

where

anxious

and

has

he

is

ancient

many

He

if in any.

of

of

or

and

time

his

Cheiro

can

The

his

him

to

take

existent
the

childhood

shapes

and

fate

lines

of the

has

Cheiro

by

is

chief

led

experience
and

the

His

known.
in

His
but

Cheiro
occult
find

knowledge

in his

aid

the

he

of

; he

germ

every

relations

with

the

many

nearly

read

in

is to have

and

Indian

nine

time

extended

an

Maharaja,

of

potentates

thousand

palms,
and

savants,

are

both

for

men

unchecked

with

of

self,
him-

impending

often

considerable

because
accuracy

life.

close

the

him

warn

can

tendency,

distinguish

can

person

he

foretell

even

12th.

May

knowledge

whose

student
to

nature;
evil

an

Post,"

Boston

5th.

May

in which

can

of the

of

study

Journal,"

Boston

makes

furthermore
that

it

is

The

of

one

great learning, the


his

bare

of hands

human

is

nature

inborn, since
as

revealed

from
in

the

be

can

no

of

mystery

for the

used

7th.

April

help

and

his

science.

advancement

He
of

has

proved

the

human

mentally.

Palmist,

makes

lays

your

for

guest of

the

inner

form

events

him

"

Cheiro,

must

force

hand.

scientist, and

morally

both

race,

life and

describe

royalty, statesmen,

fields

or

whole

the

in

"The

his

moral
he

unerringly

remain

to

which

Herald,"

field

solid, sensible,earnest

is to be

from

Boston

the

error

these

disease

what

upon

where,

showing

10th.

May

London

in

season

fall back

or

world.

reveal

circumstance

is

He

be

best

can

"

matter,

and

you,

even

proposes

Cheiromancy,

on

"The

earliest

but

He

city.

life.

Weekly,"

world,

of the

and

can

your

him.

in the

dangers, especially when


unknown

on

awaiting

tell without

can

had

the

"

Cheiro

have

before

He

generalize

not

heart

Swiftly

it.

letters of commendation

prominent

women

know

works

During

revive.

to

which

around

welcome

certain

of

use

on

can

Leslie's

"Frank

is

Cheiro

future.

altogether
marvelous!

most

does

very

lie
possibilities

in the

of the

31st.

He

straight to the

failed, what

have

you

and

but

March

logical.

leaders

subject, and

marvelous,

as

Week,"

clear, and

social

the

by

favorite
"

words,

own

minute,

character

of your

other

of

to bear

brought

detail

is

reading

his

on

"Once

Cheiro's

everywhere

counsel

of

is vast
most

and

remarkable

most

thoughtful,

value, and

the

raises

genuine, and

potent stimulus.

June

Budget."

Boston

the

3d.

scientists

philosophic
his
the

work
true

to

power,
a

seeker

that
the

the
charm

scholarly
after

the

and

world
of

has

personality

scientific

higher

ever

basis.

life cannot

Apjpendix.

"The

Palmistry

was

New

"

before

lecture

Cheiro's

York

The

Hall

Chickering
IS

Cheiro

by

the

on

Avhich

first minds
the

utilityin

the

hereditaiy

scientific

most

with

made

and

engaging

unstinted

on

with

the

Thureday
the

Palmist,

called

of several

forth
his

and

fashionable

explanations
last.

He

was

his

was

audience

opticon
hot
and

Views

weather,
at

the

of hands
the

close

and

in life, in its
and

of life that
of

ground

the

to

held

reasons

of character

philosophy

its

last,and

went

thoroughly

handsome

and

proper

been

scientific

practical uses

is young

Cheiro,

lecture
it has

revelation

the

on

audience

large
of the

most

in feature.
at

the

end

was

of famous
hall

was

lecture

the

at

people,

was

that

their

at

Chickering

Hall

standpoint, together

interest.

rare

4th.

his

on

science

evening.
of

master

the

art

attention

The
of

speaker

laying

and

before

his

interest

was

large

not

only

facts

and

kept

to

close.

in the

16th.

June

entertaining

filled to the

Cheiro

way

of

lecture

Monday

on

scientific

June

remarkable

Herald,"

and

from

Lynn,

20th.

assemblage

early life,proved

thorough

Boston

instructive

fashionable

Palmistry

Hall

such

in

heartily applauded

delivered

gave

also

and

Item,"

Fellows'

"The

Cheiro

on

of his

Evening

at Odd

subject, but

before

lecture

Palmist,

audience

his

understood

the

celebrated

the

large

incidents

"The

Cheiro,

the

Gazette," April

Evening

Saturday

when

afternoon,

relation

his

to its

hear

to

his

applause.

"Boston

Cheiro,

held

He

lecturer.

it

Cheiro

superior humanity-

its

medical

oriental

for

In

repute in which

for

as

the

plea

eloquent

an

audience

science.

pointed

well

as

his

of the

expounded

also

lecturer

The

science, and

the

also

He

disease,

that

events.

to the

some

showed

19th.

of

and

He

interesting.

distinguished

interests

in detail

rested.
and

of health

knowledge

with

the

to

April

Palmistry,

gave

of Cheiromancy

character

makes

greeted

truth

He

antiquity.

of

Herald,"

in

of

great antiquity

tendencies.

with

along

He

to the

pointed

extremely

was

yesterday
world

of the

tour

25th.

February

character,but

to

Boston

crowded

was

making

now

Club"

only

LECTURES.

Herald,"

Lotus

reliable guide not

"The

who

OE

NOTICES

PRESS

lecture

Association

doors

greeted

on

Hall

with

fashionable

with

enthusiastic

his art, illustrated


last
and

night.

In

by Stere-

spite of

the

distinguished people,

applause.

Вам также может понравиться